From 3a18074b3713bb016a8cceda6cd6cc62781dcff1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: luhuayi Date: Mon, 4 Aug 2025 06:51:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] DWS UMN 20250703 version Reviewed-by: Pruthi, Vineet Co-authored-by: luhuayi Co-committed-by: luhuayi --- docs/dws/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json | 808 +++++++++++---------- docs/dws/umn/CLASS.TXT.json | 1230 ++++++++++++++++---------------- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00079.html | 246 +++++++ docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0010.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00113.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0013.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00134.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00136.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0019.html | 16 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0020.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0021.html | 4 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0022.html | 397 +++++++---- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0023.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0024.html | 8 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0031.html | 4 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0035.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0059.html | 8 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0070.html | 9 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0075.html | 12 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0089.html | 6 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0094.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0099.html | 24 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0101.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0105.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0112.html | 4 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0140.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0142.html | 4 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0149.html | 50 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0152.html | 12 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0171.html | 4 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_01752.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_07234.html | 86 +-- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0822.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1162.html | 68 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1331.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1512.html | 10 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_72363.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_7242.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_01_index.html | 2 + docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0009.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0022.html | 2 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0035.html | 2 + docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0196.html | 6 +- docs/dws/umn/dws_03_2116.html | 116 +++ 44 files changed, 1869 insertions(+), 1305 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00079.html create mode 100644 docs/dws/umn/dws_03_2116.html diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dws/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index c4ff4dc47..669768aa9 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dws/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -40,11 +40,30 @@ "title":"What Is GaussDB(DWS)?", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"dws_01_00079.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002372793005.xml", + "product_code":"dws", + "code":"3", + "des":"A storage-compute coupled data warehouse using cloud disks with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:8 can be elastically scaled, providing unlimited computing and storage capacit", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Data Warehouse Flavors,Service Overview,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dws", + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Data Warehouse Flavors", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"dws_01_0007.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905804.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"3", + "code":"4", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) supports ANSI/ISO SQL-92, SQL-99, and SQL-2003 syntax, as well as the PostgreSQL, Oracle, Teradata, and MySQL database ecosystems. It offers powerful solutio", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Advantages,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -63,7 +82,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00013.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906032.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"4", + "code":"5", "des":"The data warehouse is the pillar of the Business Intelligence (BI) system for collecting, storing, and analyzing massive amounts of data. It provides powerful business an", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Application Scenarios,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -82,7 +101,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0091.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312181.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"5", + "code":"6", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) provides various methods to access the service, such as the console, client, and REST APIs. This section describes the main functions of GaussDB(DWS).After a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Functions,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -101,7 +120,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0004.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426569.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"6", + "code":"7", "des":"ClusterA cluster is a server group that consists of multiple nodes. GaussDB(DWS) is organized using clusters. A data warehouse cluster contains nodes with the same flavor", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Concepts,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -120,7 +139,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0003.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426545.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"7", + "code":"8", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) uses an ECS as a cluster node.GaussDB(DWS) uses the Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) service to provide a network topology for clusters to isolate clusters and co", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Related Services,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -139,7 +158,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0144.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905808.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"8", + "code":"9", "des":"If you need to assign different permissions to employees in your enterprise to access your GaussDB(DWS) resources on cloud, IAM is a good choice for fine-grained permissi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Permissions Management,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -158,7 +177,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0009.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312313.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"9", + "code":"10", "des":"The following figure shows how to use GaussDB(DWS).GaussDB(DWS) provides a web-based management console and HTTPS-compliant APIs for you to manage GaussDB(DWS) clusters.I", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Access,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -177,7 +196,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0010.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905984.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"10", + "code":"11", "des":"This document describes the constraints and precautions of using the key functions of GaussDB(DWS).After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster, you do not need to perform basic", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restrictions,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -196,7 +215,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00113.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312053.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"11", + "code":"12", "des":"This section describes the technical specifications of GaussDB(DWS) in different versions.Virtual Warehouse (VW): also called logical cluster. GaussDB(DWS) storage-comput", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Technical Specifications,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -213,7 +232,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0078.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905824.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"12", + "code":"13", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started", @@ -232,7 +251,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0088.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065680.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"13", + "code":"14", "des":"This guide is an introductory tutorial that demonstrates how to create a sample GaussDB(DWS) cluster, connect to the cluster database, import the sample data from OBS, an", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 1: Starting Preparations,Getting Started,User Guide", @@ -251,7 +270,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0013.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065664.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"14", + "code":"15", "des":"Before using GaussDB(DWS) to analyze data, create a cluster. A cluster consists of multiple nodes in the same subnet. These nodes jointly provide services. This section d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 2: Creating a Cluster,Getting Started,User Guide", @@ -270,7 +289,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0107.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426657.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"15", + "code":"16", "des":"This section describes how to use a database client to connect to the database in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster. In the following example, the Data Studio client tool is used fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 3: Connecting to a Cluster,Getting Started,User Guide", @@ -289,7 +308,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0079.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065628.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"16", + "code":"17", "des":"After performing the steps in preceding sections, you can refer to the documentation listed as follows for more information about GaussDB(DWS):Data Warehouse Service (DWS", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 4: Viewing Other Documents and Deleting Resources,Getting Started,User Guide", @@ -308,9 +327,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0018.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426493.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"17", + "code":"18", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) is an online data processing database that uses the cloud infrastructure to provide scalable, fully-managed, and out-of-the-box analytic database service, fr", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using GaussDB(DWS),User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -327,9 +346,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0154.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312041.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"18", + "code":"19", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Preparations", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -346,9 +365,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0149.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065764.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"19", + "code":"20", "des":"In actual services, you may need to grant different operation permissions on resources to users of different roles. The IAM service provides fine-grained access control. ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Syntax of Fine-Grained Permissions Policies,Preparations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -365,9 +384,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0150.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312309.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"20", + "code":"21", "des":"An RBAC policy consists of a Version, a Statement, and Depends.When selecting a policy for a user group, click below the policy to view the details of the policy. The DW", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"RBAC Syntax of RBAC Policies,Preparations,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -384,9 +403,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0160.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312233.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"21", + "code":"22", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -403,9 +422,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0221.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312217.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"22", + "code":"23", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a Dedicated GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -422,9 +441,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0019.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426685.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"23", + "code":"24", "des":"To use cloud GaussDB(DWS), create a data warehouse cluster first.This section describes how to create a data warehouse cluster on the GaussDB(DWS) console.You have evalua", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS)Storage-Compute Coupled Cluster,Creating a Dedicated GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,Use", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -441,9 +460,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0131.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905916.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"24", + "code":"25", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Connecting to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -460,9 +479,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0137.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065576.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"25", + "code":"26", "des":"If you have created a GaussDB(DWS) cluster, you can use the SQL client tool or a third-party driver such as JDBC or ODBC to connect to the cluster and access the database", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -479,9 +498,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0033.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065768.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"26", + "code":"27", "des":"You can access GaussDB(DWS) clusters by different methods and the connection address of each connection method varies. This section describes how to view and obtain the p", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Obtaining the Connection Address of a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,Connecting to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -498,9 +517,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0177.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065704.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"27", + "code":"28", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using a Visualization Tool to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -517,9 +536,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0094.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426681.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"28", + "code":"29", "des":"Data Studio is a SQL client tool running on the Windows operating system. It provides various GUIs for you to manage databases and database objects, as well as edit, run,", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using Data Studio to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,Using a Visualization Tool to Connect to a Ga", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -536,9 +555,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0093.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065708.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"29", + "code":"30", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -555,9 +574,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0031.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905812.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"30", + "code":"31", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) provides client tool packages that match the cluster versions. You can download the desired client tool package on the GaussDB(DWS) management console.The cl", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Downloading the Client,Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -574,9 +593,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0037.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312241.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"31", + "code":"32", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a database through an SQL client after you create a data warehouse cluster and before you use the cluster's database. GaussDB(DWS", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the Linux gsql Client to Connect to a Cluster,Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Clust", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -593,9 +612,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0128.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312293.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"32", + "code":"33", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a database through an SQL client after you create a data warehouse cluster and before you use the cluster's database. GaussDB(DWS", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the Windows gsql Client to Connect to a Cluster,Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Clu", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -612,9 +631,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0038.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905932.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"33", + "code":"34", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) supports the standard SSL. As a highly secure protocol, SSL authenticates bidirectional identification between the server and client using digital signatures", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Establishing Secure TCP/IP Connections in SSL Mode,Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluste", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -631,9 +650,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0180.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905880.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"34", + "code":"35", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using a Third-Party Database Adapter for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -650,9 +669,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0081.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426653.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"35", + "code":"36", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -669,9 +688,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0106.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065676.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"36", + "code":"37", "des":"If the connection pool mechanism is used during application development, comply with the following specifications: If you do not do so, the status of connections in the c", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Development Specifications,Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -688,9 +707,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0032.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906044.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"37", + "code":"38", "des":"The JDBC or ODBC driver is used to connect to data warehouse clusters. You can download the JDBC or ODBC driver provided by GaussDB(DWS) from the management console or us", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Downloading the JDBC or ODBC Driver,Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Clu", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -707,9 +726,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0077.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065512.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"38", + "code":"39", "des":"In GaussDB(DWS), you can use a JDBC driver to connect to a database on Linux or Windows. The driver can connect to the database through an ECS on the cloud platform or ov", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using JDBC to Connect to a Cluster,Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Clus", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -726,9 +745,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0169.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906016.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"39", + "code":"40", "des":"If you use JDBC to connect to only one CN in the cluster, this CN may be overloaded and other CN resources wasted. It also incurs single-node failure risks.To avoid these", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Configuring JDBC to Connect to a Cluster (Load Balancing Mode),Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Co", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -745,9 +764,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0133.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426741.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"40", + "code":"41", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to access databases using IAM authentication. When you use the JDBC application program to connect to a cluster, set the IAM username, credential,", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Configuring JDBC to Connect to a Cluster (IAM Authentication Mode),Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers t", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -764,9 +783,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0075.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065620.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"41", + "code":"42", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) does not have its own JDBC connection pool, and the inherited PostgreSQL connection pool is offline. Use third-party connection pools like Druid, HikariCP, o", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Third-party Connection Pool of the JDBC Configuration Database,Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Co", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -783,9 +802,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0086.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906048.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"42", + "code":"43", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to use an ODBC driver to connect to the database through an ECS on the cloud platform or over the Internet.For details about how to use the ODBC A", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using ODBC to Connect to a Cluster,Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Clus", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -802,9 +821,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0120.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312257.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"43", + "code":"44", "des":"After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster and using the third-party database adapter psycopg2 to connect to the cluster, you can use Python to access GaussDB(DWS) and perform", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the Third-Party Database Adapter Psycopg2 (in Python) for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection,Usin", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -821,9 +840,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0171.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065660.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"44", + "code":"45", "des":"After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster and using the third-party database adapter PyGreSQL to connect to the cluster, you can use Python to access GaussDB(DWS) and perform", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the Third-Party Database Adapter PyGreSQL (in Python) for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection,Usin", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -840,9 +859,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01113.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905964.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"45", + "code":"46", "des":"The default database gaussdb of GaussDB(DWS) is not used as the customer's service database. You can use multiple databases to ensure service isolation. When you first co", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS) Database and User,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -859,9 +878,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0176.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905912.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"46", + "code":"47", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Migrating Service Data to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -878,9 +897,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1601.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312185.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"47", + "code":"48", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Data Source Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -897,9 +916,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0057.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065644.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"48", + "code":"49", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"MRS Data Sources", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -916,9 +935,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0055.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312089.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"49", + "code":"50", "des":"MRS is a big data cluster running based on the open-source Hadoop ecosystem. It provides the industry's latest cutting-edge storage and analysis capabilities of massive v", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"MRS Data Source Usage Overview,MRS Data Sources,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -935,9 +954,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0059.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905828.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"50", + "code":"51", "des":"Before GaussDB(DWS) reads data from MRS HDFS, you need to create an MRS data source connection that functions as a channel of transporting data warehouse cluster data and", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating an MRS Data Source Connection,MRS Data Sources,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -954,9 +973,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0156.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312037.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"51", + "code":"52", "des":"For MRS, if the following parameter configurations of the HDFS cluster change, data may fail to be imported to the data warehouse cluster from the HDFS cluster. Before im", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Updating the MRS Data Source Configuration,MRS Data Sources,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -973,9 +992,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1602.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905980.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"52", + "code":"53", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to access data on OBS by using an agency. You can create a GaussDB(DWS) agency, grant the OBS OperateAccess or OBS Administrator permission to the", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing OBS Data Sources,Data Source Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -992,9 +1011,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0700.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426585.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"53", + "code":"54", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Data Security and Encryption", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1011,9 +1030,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0074.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312129.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"54", + "code":"55", "des":"By default, the administrator specified when you create a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is the database system administrator. The administrator can create other users and view the", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Enabling Separation of Duties for GaussDB(DWS) Database Users,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Data Security and", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1030,9 +1049,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0600.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312193.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"55", + "code":"56", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1049,9 +1068,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0112.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065652.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"56", + "code":"57", "des":"Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console. In the navigation tree on the left, click Dedicated Clusters > Clusters. In the cluster list, locate the required cluster and click it", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Details,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1068,9 +1087,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0020.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065588.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"57", + "code":"58", "des":"Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and you can view the general information about a cluster in the displayed cluster list, such as the cluster status, task information,", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Checking the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Status,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1087,9 +1106,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0159.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065608.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"58", + "code":"59", "des":"A topology shows all the nodes in a cluster. You can check the node statuses, processes, and IP addresses.You can check the topology structure and node processes.Only clu", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Topology,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1106,9 +1125,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0173.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905992.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"59", + "code":"60", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1125,9 +1144,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0140.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905856.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"60", + "code":"61", "des":"A domain name is a string of characters separated by dots to identify the location of a computer or a computer group on the Internet, for example, www.example.com. You ca", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Access Domain Names,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections,User Gui", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1144,9 +1163,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0822.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065524.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"61", + "code":"62", "des":"If the private IP address or EIP of a CN is used to connect to a cluster, the failure of this CN will lead to cluster connection failure. If a private domain name is used", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding ELBs for a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections,User", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1163,9 +1182,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7115.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905972.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"62", + "code":"63", "des":"After a cluster is created, the number of required CNs varies with service requirements. The CN management function enables you to adjust the number of CNs in the cluster", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Adding or Deleting a CN in a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections,User Gui", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1182,9 +1201,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0039.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312189.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"63", + "code":"64", "des":"By default, a database supports a certain number of connections. Administrators can manage database connections to learn about the connection performance of the current d", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Database Connections,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1201,9 +1220,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0723.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426757.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"64", + "code":"65", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1220,9 +1239,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1510.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905900.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"65", + "code":"66", "des":"The system resources (CPU, memory, I/O, and storage resources) of a database are limited. When multiple types of services (such as data loading, batch analysis, and real-", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Overview,GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1239,9 +1258,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_07231.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905924.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"66", + "code":"67", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Resource Pool", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1258,9 +1277,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1512.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426765.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"67", + "code":"68", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) resource pools provide concurrency management, memory management, CPU management, and exception rules.Concurrency represents the maximum number of concurrent", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Feature Description,Resource Pool,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1277,9 +1296,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_07233.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065756.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"68", + "code":"69", "des":"Up to 63 resource pools can be created.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a Resource Pool,Resource Pool,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1296,9 +1315,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_07234.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426541.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"69", + "code":"70", "des":"You can modify the parameters of a resource pool on the resource management page.Click Edit on the right and modify the parameters according to Table 1.Resource pool para", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Modifying a Resource Pool,Resource Pool,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1315,9 +1334,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_07239.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905948.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"70", + "code":"71", "des":"Deleting a resource pool that is associated with a database user is not allowed. To delete the resource pool, you need to first disassociate it from the database user.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Deleting a Resource Pool,Resource Pool,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1334,9 +1353,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72365.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312317.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"71", + "code":"72", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Resource Management Plan", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1353,9 +1372,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72362.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426777.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"72", + "code":"73", "des":"The resource management plan is an advanced resource management feature provided by GaussDB(DWS). You can create a resource management plan, add multiple stages to the pl", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Resource Management Plans,Resource Management Plan,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1372,9 +1391,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72363.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905936.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"73", + "code":"74", "des":"The following conditions must be met when you add or modify a resource management plan:The total CPU share of all resource pools does not exceed 99%.The total CPU limit o", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Resource Management Plan Stages,Resource Management Plan,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1391,9 +1410,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72366.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065800.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"74", + "code":"75", "des":"Your cluster may run out of space if disk usage is not controlled, resulting in cluster exceptions and service interruption. Once disks are full, it takes long and huge e", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Workspace Management,GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1410,9 +1429,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72367.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065624.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"75", + "code":"76", "des":"Some complex statements may consume a large number of resources for computing, leading to performance deterioration of the entire GaussDB(DWS) database. To maintain syste", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Exception Rules,GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1429,9 +1448,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_72368.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312249.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"76", + "code":"77", "des":"When using GaussDB(DWS), performance degradation or even complete unavailability of the cluster system can occur due to slow SQL queries. To address this, GaussDB(DWS) of", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Using the Query Filter,GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1448,9 +1467,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0724.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312269.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"77", + "code":"78", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Clusters", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1467,9 +1486,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7241.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312253.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"78", + "code":"79", "des":"A physical cluster can be divided into Node Groups, which are logical clusters. All physical nodes in a physical cluster are divided into multiple logical clusters. A log", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Logical Cluster Overview,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Clusters,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1486,9 +1505,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7242.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426557.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"79", + "code":"80", "des":"PrecautionsIf you access the Logical Clusters page for the first time, the metadata of the logical cluster created at the backend is synchronized to the frontend. After t", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Adding/Deleting a Logical Cluster,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Clusters,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1505,9 +1524,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7243.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065788.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"80", + "code":"81", "des":"PrecautionsNodes are added to or removed from a logical cluster by ring.At least one ring must be reserved in a logical cluster.The ring removed from the logical cluster ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Logical Clusters,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Clusters,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1524,9 +1543,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7251.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426497.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"81", + "code":"82", "des":"A large database cluster usually contains a large amount of data put in different tables. With the resource management feature, you can create resource pools to isolate t", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Tutorial: Converting a Physical Cluster That Contains Data into a Logical Cluster,Managing GaussDB(D", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1543,9 +1562,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_7252.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905892.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"82", + "code":"83", "des":"This section describes how to divide a new six-node physical cluster (having no service data) into two logical clusters. If your physical cluster already has service data", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Tutorial: Dividing a New Physical Cluster into Logical Clusters,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Cluste", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1562,9 +1581,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0152.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426593.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"83", + "code":"84", "des":"After a cluster is created, you can modify the cluster's database parameters as required. On the GaussDB(DWS) console, you can configure common database parameters. For d", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Modifying GUC Parameters of the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1581,9 +1600,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0103.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906060.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"84", + "code":"85", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Tags", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1600,9 +1619,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0104.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312133.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"85", + "code":"86", "des":"A tag is a key-value pair customized by users and used to identify cloud resources. It helps users to classify and search for cloud resources.Tags are composed of key-val", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Overview,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Tags,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1619,9 +1638,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0105.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312213.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"86", + "code":"87", "des":"This section describes how to search for clusters based on tags and how to add, modify, and delete tags for clusters.You can quickly locate a tagged cluster using tags.Se", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Tags,Managing GaussDB(DWS) Tags,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1638,9 +1657,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0026.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065548.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"87", + "code":"88", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to reset the password of the database administrator. If a database administrator forgets their password or the account is locked because the numbe", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Resetting the Password the GaussDB(DWS) Database Administrator,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User ", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1657,9 +1676,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0024.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312245.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"88", + "code":"89", "des":"If a cluster is in the Unbalanced state or cannot work properly, you may need to restart it for restoration. After modifying a cluster's configurations, such as security ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Starting, Stopping, and Deleting a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1676,9 +1695,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0113.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065712.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"89", + "code":"90", "des":"An enterprise project is a cloud resource management mode. Enterprise Management provides users with comprehensive management in cloud-based resources, personnel, and per", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Enterprise Projects,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1695,9 +1714,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0174.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426725.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"90", + "code":"91", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster O&M", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1714,9 +1733,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00014.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905844.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"91", + "code":"92", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (DMS)", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1733,9 +1752,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00131.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905952.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"92", + "code":"93", "des":"DMS is provided by GaussDB(DWS) to ensure the fast and stable running of databases. It collects, monitors, and analyzes the disk, network, and OS metric data used by the ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Database Monitoring Overview,Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring P", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1752,9 +1771,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00136.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905908.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"93", + "code":"94", "des":"You can check the status and available resources of a cluster and learn about its real-time resource consumption through the GaussDB(DWS) monitoring items.Table 1 describ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Monitoring Metrics,Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (DMS)", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1771,9 +1790,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00132.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426625.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"94", + "code":"95", "des":"On the page that is displayed, you can view the cluster status, real-time resource consumption, cluster resource consumption, and key database metrics.Metrics can be coll", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Cluster Overview,Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (DMS),U", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1790,9 +1809,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00133.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426589.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"95", + "code":"96", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Monitoring", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1809,9 +1828,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1331.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426505.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"96", + "code":"97", "des":"On the page that is displayed, view the real-time consumption of nodes, memory, disks, disk I/O, and network I/O.On the Overview tab page, you can view the key resources ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Node Monitoring,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1828,9 +1847,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1337.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426501.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"97", + "code":"98", "des":"You can select a time range and check the performance trend in this range.By default, the monitoring information of the last hour is displayed.You can view the monitoring", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Performance Monitoring,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1847,9 +1866,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1332.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065568.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"98", + "code":"99", "des":"The Database Monitoring page displays the real-time and historical resource consumption a database.You can select a database to view its resource usage. For details about", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Database Monitoring,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1866,9 +1885,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1334.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905996.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"99", + "code":"100", "des":"You can check the real-time information about all queries and sessions running in the cluster.Real-time query is supported only in clusters of version 8.1.2 and later.To ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Real-Time Queries,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1885,9 +1904,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1333.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906072.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"100", + "code":"101", "des":"All the historical queries in the current cluster will be displayed.Historical queries can be viewed only in clusters of version 8.1.2 and later.The historical query moni", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Historical Queries,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1904,9 +1923,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1338.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065784.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"101", + "code":"102", "des":"On the Instance Monitoring page, you can view the real-time and historical information about detected slow instances.DMS can automatically configure and start the slow in", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Instance Monitoring,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1923,9 +1942,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1339.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426677.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"102", + "code":"103", "des":"You can check the real-time statistics and resource consumption history about resource pools.You can check user-defined resource pools, real-time and historical resource ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Resource Pool Monitoring,Monitoring,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1942,9 +1961,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00175.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905960.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"103", + "code":"104", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Utilities", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1961,9 +1980,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00134.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312113.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"104", + "code":"105", "des":"To enable SQL diagnosis, enable monitoring on real-time and historical queries on the Queries and History tabs, respectively. For details, see Monitoring Collection.Query", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"SQL Diagnosis,Utilities,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1980,9 +1999,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01753.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312097.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"105", + "code":"106", "des":"You can upload and verify SQL probes, execute probe tasks in one click, and periodically execute probe tasks. Alarms can be reported for timeout SQL probes. The procedure", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"SQL Probes,Utilities,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -1999,9 +2018,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01752.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426577.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"106", + "code":"107", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) provides statistics and diagnostic tools for you to learn table status, including:Skew Rate: monitors and analyzes data table statistics in the cluster, and ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Table Diagnosis,Utilities,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2018,9 +2037,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00139.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312273.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"107", + "code":"108", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Workload Analysis", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2037,9 +2056,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00142.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312301.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"108", + "code":"109", "des":"The workload analysis tool of GaussDB(DWS) collects and analyzes database performance data. You can create workload snapshots to record cluster workload data in a specifi", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Workload Analysis Overview,Workload Analysis,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2056,9 +2075,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00140.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312105.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"109", + "code":"110", "des":"You can check the basic information about the cluster workload snapshots, manually create a snapshot, and configure snapshot parameters.Before creating a workload snapsho", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Workload Snapshots,Workload Analysis,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2075,9 +2094,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00141.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426553.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"110", + "code":"111", "des":"You can create, download, and delete work diagnosis reports, and check historical workload diagnosis reports.To create a workload report, obtain the required OBS bucket p", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Workload Reports,Workload Analysis,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2094,9 +2113,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00135.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426701.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"111", + "code":"112", "des":"The Monitoring page displays the collection period of monitoring metrics.The cluster monitoring function is enabled by default.Disable the function if the cluster is bein", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Settings,Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (DMS),User Guid", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2113,9 +2132,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0143.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905832.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"112", + "code":"113", "des":"On the task details page, you can view the status of tasks, such as enabling, disabling, resetting, and modifying cluster monitoring collection items; one-click DDL revie", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Checking Task Details,Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (D", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2132,9 +2151,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00137.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312321.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"113", + "code":"114", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Typical Scenarios", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2151,9 +2170,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01372.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167906020.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"114", + "code":"115", "des":"The execution of SQL statements takes a long time, resulting in great resource consumption.If the execution efficiency of SQL statements is low, optimization suggestions ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"SQL Diagnosis,Typical Scenarios,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2170,9 +2189,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0022.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065640.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"115", + "code":"116", "des":"This section describes how to check cluster metrics on Cloud Eye. By monitoring cluster running metrics, you can identify the time when the database cluster is abnormal a", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on Cloud Eye,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster O&M,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2189,9 +2208,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1240.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426669.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"116", + "code":"117", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Alarms", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2208,9 +2227,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1241.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905800.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"117", + "code":"118", "des":"Alarm management includes viewing and configuring alarm rules and subscribing to alarm information. Alarm rules display alarm statistics and details of the past week for ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Alarm Management,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2227,9 +2246,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1242.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065520.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"118", + "code":"119", "des":"Concepts related to threshold alarmsAlarm rule: consists of the alarm rule name, rule description, clusters associated with the rule, alarm policy triggering relationship", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Alarm Rules,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2246,9 +2265,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1243.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905920.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"119", + "code":"120", "des":"You can subscribe to GaussDB(DWS) alarm notifications to receive notifications by SMS message, email, or application when an alarm of a specified severity is generated.To", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Alarm Subscriptions,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Alarms,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2265,9 +2284,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0100.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426745.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"120", + "code":"121", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Events", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2284,9 +2303,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0099.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426689.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"121", + "code":"122", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) uses the Simple Message Notification (SMN) service to send notifications of GaussDB(DWS) events. The SMN function is only available by subscription. In a sub", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Event Notifications Overview,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Events,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2303,9 +2322,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0101.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905956.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"122", + "code":"123", "des":"After subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) event notification, you will receive notifications by text message, email, or application when management, monitoring, or security event", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Subscribing to Event Notifications,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Events,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2322,9 +2341,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0102.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312077.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"123", + "code":"124", "des":"This section describes how to search for events that occur in a cluster or snapshot.On the Events tab page, all events that occur in the clusters or snapshots are display", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Events,Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Events,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2341,9 +2360,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0800.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312305.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"124", + "code":"125", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2360,9 +2379,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0151.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312149.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"125", + "code":"126", "des":"A snapshot is a full or incremental backup of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster at a specific point in time. It records the current database data and cluster information, including ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Overview,Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2379,9 +2398,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0092.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426713.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"126", + "code":"127", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Manual Snapshots", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2398,9 +2417,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0028.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065600.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"127", + "code":"128", "des":"A cluster snapshot is a complete backup that records point-in-time configuration data and service data of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster. This section describes how to create a s", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a Manual Snapshot of a Cluster,Manual Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2417,9 +2436,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1012.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065720.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"128", + "code":"129", "des":"A schema snapshot is a backup of specific schemas in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster at a specific point in time. This section describes how to create a schema snapshot on the Sna", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Creating a Manual Snapshot of a Schema,Manual Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2436,9 +2455,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0030.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065596.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"129", + "code":"130", "des":"On the Snapshot Management page of the GaussDB(DWS) console, you can delete an unwanted snapshot in the Unavailable state or delete an available snapshot to release the s", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Snapshot,Manual Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2455,9 +2474,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1013.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426581.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"130", + "code":"131", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Automated Snapshots", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2474,9 +2493,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_10131.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426753.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"131", + "code":"132", "des":"Automated snapshots adopt differential incremental backups. The automated snapshot created for the first time is a full backup (base version), and then the system creates", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Automated Snapshot Overview,Automated Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2493,9 +2512,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0089.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065724.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"132", - "des":"You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or twenty snapshot policie", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "code":"133", + "des":"You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or 20 snapshot policies at", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Configuring an Automated Snapshot Policy,Automated Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2512,9 +2531,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0085.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426517.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"133", + "code":"134", "des":"This section describes how to copy snapshots that are automatically created for long-term retention.All snapshots are displayed by default. You can copy the snapshots tha", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Copying Automated Snapshots,Automated Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2531,9 +2550,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_10134.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905896.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"134", + "code":"135", "des":"Only GaussDB(DWS) can delete automated snapshots; you cannot delete them manually.GaussDB(DWS) deletes an automated snapshot if:The retention period of the snapshot ends.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Deleting an Automated Snapshot,Automated Snapshots,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2550,9 +2569,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0021.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426641.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"135", + "code":"136", "des":"This section describes how to view snapshot information on the Snapshots page.In the snapshot list, all snapshots are displayed by default.You can also enter a snapshot n", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Snapshot Information,Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2569,9 +2588,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1015.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426697.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"136", + "code":"137", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Restoration Using a Snapshot", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2588,9 +2607,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1029.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065692.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"137", + "code":"138", "des":"Cluster-level restoration consists of two steps:Data restoration: Restores data in the backup set to the data directory of each primary DN/CN instance in parallel.Rebuild", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Constraints on Restoring a Snapshot,Restoration Using a Snapshot,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2607,9 +2626,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0029.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426633.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"138", + "code":"139", "des":"This section describes how to restore a snapshot to a new cluster when you want to check point-in-time snapshot data of the cluster.When a snapshot is restored to a new c", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Restoring a Snapshot to a New Cluster,Restoration Using a Snapshot,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2626,9 +2645,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00097.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426737.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"139", + "code":"140", "des":"You can use a snapshot to restore data to the original cluster. This function is used when a cluster is faulty or data needs to be rolled back to a specified snapshot ver", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Restoring a Snapshot to the Current Cluster,Restoration Using a Snapshot,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2645,9 +2664,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1016.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312281.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"140", + "code":"141", "des":"You can create a table from a cluster or schema snapshot to the original cluster if the table was modified or deleted by mistake.If the current console does not support t", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Restoring a Table to the Original Cluster,Restoration Using a Snapshot,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2664,9 +2683,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1036.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312141.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"141", + "code":"142", "des":"You can create a table from a cluster or schema snapshot to the original cluster. In case of accidental deletion or operation on data in a table during service operations", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Restoring a Table or Multiple Tables to a New Cluster,Restoration Using a Snapshot,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2683,9 +2702,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1071.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065672.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"142", + "code":"143", "des":"You can configure the parameters for creating and restoring a snapshot.This feature applies only to clusters of 8.2.0 or later. (For clusters of versions earlier than 8.2", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Configuring a Snapshot,Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2702,9 +2721,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1019.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426721.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"143", + "code":"144", "des":"You can stop snapshot creation on the Snapshots page.This feature is supported only in version 8.1.3.200 and later.If the snapshot is ready to complete, the command for s", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Stopping Snapshot Creation,Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2721,9 +2740,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0132.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065656.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"144", + "code":"145", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Scaling GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Nodes", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2740,9 +2759,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01755.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065532.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"145", + "code":"146", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to inspect the cluster before making any changes like scaling, changing specifications, or upgrading. Simply click Inspect on the relevant page, a", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Inspection Results,Scaling GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Nodes,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2759,9 +2778,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0818.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905820.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"146", + "code":"147", "des":"On the Nodes tab page, you can view the node list of the current cluster, add new nodes to or remove nodes from it, and view the node usage, status, flavor, and AZ. In ad", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing Nodes,Scaling GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Nodes,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2778,9 +2797,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0910.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065740.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"147", + "code":"148", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Scaling Nodes", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2797,9 +2816,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0023.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312085.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"148", + "code":"149", "des":"When you need more compute and storage resources, add more nodes for cluster scale-out on the management console.When you scale out a storage-compute coupled data warehou", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Scaling Out a Cluster,Scaling Nodes,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2816,9 +2835,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0820.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065748.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"149", + "code":"150", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Cluster Redistribution", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2835,9 +2854,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_8201.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312109.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"150", + "code":"151", "des":"Data redistribution, where data in existing nodes is evenly allocated to the new nodes after you scale out a cluster, is a time-consuming yet crucial task that accelerate", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Redistributing Data,Cluster Redistribution,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2854,9 +2873,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_8202.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312165.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"151", + "code":"152", "des":"On the View Redistribution Details page, you can check the monitoring information, including the redistribution mode, redistribution progress, and table redistribution de", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Redistribution Details,Cluster Redistribution,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2873,9 +2892,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0008.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426761.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"152", + "code":"153", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) allows users to upgrade clusters on the console. For details, see Upgrading a Cluster.During cluster O&M operations, GaussDB(DWS) will send SMS notifications", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Upgrading a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster O&M,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2892,9 +2911,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01112.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312057.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"153", + "code":"154", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2911,9 +2930,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1911.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065540.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"154", + "code":"155", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) provides database audit logs, management console audit logs, and other logs for users to query service logs, analyze problems, and learn product security and", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Log Types Supported by GaussDB(DWS) Clusters,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2930,9 +2949,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0142.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312033.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"155", + "code":"156", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) records information (audit logs) about connections and user activities in your database. The audit logs help you monitor the database to ensure security, rec", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Dumping GaussDB(DWS) Database Audit Logs,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2949,9 +2968,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0183.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905872.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"156", + "code":"157", "des":"Database audit logs can be set on the Security Settings page of the cluster. Security configurations can be modified only for clusters in the Available or Unbalanced stat", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Database Audit Logs,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2968,9 +2987,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0118.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312325.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"157", + "code":"158", "des":"A tracker will be automatically created after CTS is enabled. All traces recorded by CTS are associated with a tracker. Currently, only one tracker can be created for eac", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Operation Logs on the GaussDB(DWS) Console,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -2987,9 +3006,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_01111.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905796.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"158", + "code":"159", "des":"Cluster logs are collected and sent to Log Tank Service (LTS). You can check or dump the collected cluster logs on LTS.The following log types are supported: CN logs, DN ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing Other Logs of the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3006,9 +3025,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0035.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905968.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"159", + "code":"160", "des":"A cluster in read-only status does not allow write operations. You can remove this status on the management console. A cluster becomes read-only probably because of high ", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Handling Abnormal GaussDB(DWS) Clusters,GaussDB(DWS) Cluster O&M,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3025,9 +3044,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1160.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002167905848.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"160", + "code":"161", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Reclaiming GaussDB(DWS) Space Using Vacuum", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3044,9 +3063,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1161.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065776.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"161", + "code":"162", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) provides the intelligent O&M feature to help users quickly and efficiently execute O&M tasks. Intelligent O&M selects a proper time window and concurrency to", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Overview,Reclaiming GaussDB(DWS) Space Using Vacuum,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3063,9 +3082,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1162.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203312277.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"162", - "des":"This configuration takes effect for the VACUUM FULL O&M tasks of all user tables.The concurrency value range is 1 to 24. Configure it based on the remaining disk space an", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "code":"163", + "des":"Avoid setting the time window for automatic Vacuum O&M tasks during peak hours to prevent conflicts with user services.For user tables, the maximum concurrency for Vacuum", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Managing O&M Plans,Reclaiming GaussDB(DWS) Space Using Vacuum,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3082,9 +3101,9 @@ "uri":"dws_01_1163.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426561.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"163", + "code":"164", "des":"O&M Task: VacuumStatus: Waiting, Running, Completed, or Failed.ProgressRemaining Time WindowTime Window (Local Time)Tables being vacuumedTables to be vacuumedVacuumed tab", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "kw":"Viewing O&M Tasks,Reclaiming GaussDB(DWS) Space Using Vacuum,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ @@ -3101,7 +3120,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0061.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002203426769.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"164", + "code":"165", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"FAQs", @@ -3120,7 +3139,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0001.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330808732.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"165", + "code":"166", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Product Consulting", @@ -3139,7 +3158,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0009.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728549.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"166", + "code":"167", "des":"Both allow you to run traditional relational databases on the cloud and offload database management tasks. RDS databases are useful for OLTP, reporting, and analysis, but", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Should I Choose Public Cloud GaussDB(DWS) or RDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3158,7 +3177,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0034.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329144.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"167", + "code":"168", "des":"For Cloud services, quotas limit the number of resources available to users. If you need more, submit a service ticket to increase your quotas. Once approved, we will upd", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the User Quota?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3177,7 +3196,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0067.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609377.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"168", + "code":"169", "des":"Users and roles are shared within the entire cluster, but their data is not shared. That is, a user can connect to any database, but after the connection is successful, a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Users and Roles?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3196,7 +3215,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0063.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330488816.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"169", + "code":"170", "des":"Method 1:When you create a GaussDB(DWS) database user, if the time when the user takes effect (VALID BEGIN) is the same as the creation time of the user, and the time whe", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Check the Creation Time of a GaussDB(DWS) Database User?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3215,7 +3234,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0052.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728553.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"170", + "code":"171", "des":"A region and availability zone (AZ) identify the location of a data center. You can create resources in regions and AZs.A region is a physical data center location. Each ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Select a GaussDB(DWS) Region and AZ?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3234,7 +3253,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0022.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889057.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"171", + "code":"172", "des":"Yes. In the big data era, data has become a core asset. The public cloud will adhere to the commitment made over the years that we do not touch your applications or data,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Is Data Secure in GaussDB(DWS)?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3253,7 +3272,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0053.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330808740.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"172", + "code":"173", "des":"After a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is created, you can add, delete, or modify rules in its current security group.Modify an existing security group rule:Log in to the GaussDB(D", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Modify the Security Group of a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3272,7 +3291,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2143.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001790141229.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"173", + "code":"174", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) employs the multi-version concurrency control (MVCC) mechanism to guarantee consistency and concurrency when multiple transactions access the database. Its a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Are Dirty Pages Generated in GaussDB(DWS)?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -3291,7 +3310,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0024.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329156.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"174", + "code":"175", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Connections", @@ -3310,7 +3329,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2132.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001384777037.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"175", + "code":"176", "des":"For applications to communicate with GaussDB(DWS), make sure the networks between them are connected. The following table lists common connection scenarios.To ensure low ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Applications Communicate with GaussDB(DWS)?,Database Connections,User Guide", @@ -3329,7 +3348,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0017.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609389.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"176", + "code":"177", "des":"Yes, but GaussDB(DWS) clients and drivers are recommended. Unlike open-source PostgreSQL clients and drivers, GaussDB(DWS) clients and drivers have two key advantages:Sec", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does GaussDB(DWS) Support Third-Party Clients and JDBC and ODBC Drivers?,Database Connections,User G", @@ -3348,7 +3367,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0014.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728565.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"177", + "code":"178", "des":"Check the following:Whether the cluster status is normal.Whether the connection command, username, password, IP address, and port number are incorrect.Whether the operati", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Do If I Cannot Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster?,Database Connections,User Guide", @@ -3367,7 +3386,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0025.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889069.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"178", + "code":"179", "des":"The network is disconnected when the EIP is unbound. However, the TCP layer does not detect a faulty physical connection in time due to keepalive settings. As a result, t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Was I Not Notified of Failure After Unbinding the EIP When GaussDB(DWS) Is Connected Over the In", @@ -3386,7 +3405,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2130.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648776.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"179", + "code":"180", "des":"You can log in to the VPC management console to manually create a security group. Then, return to the GaussDB(DWS) cluster creation page, click next to the Security Grou", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Configure a Whitelist If I Want to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Using EIP?,Database Co", @@ -3405,7 +3424,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0026.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329160.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"180", + "code":"181", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", @@ -3424,7 +3443,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0018.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609393.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"181", + "code":"182", "des":"The file formats supported by OBS and GDS foreign tables are as follows:OBS supports ORC, text, JSON, CSV, CarbonData, and Parquet file formats for data import and ORC, C", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between Data Formats Supported by OBS and GDS Foreign Tables in GaussDB(DWS", @@ -3443,7 +3462,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0027.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728573.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"182", + "code":"183", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) efficiently imports data from various sources through several modes. For details, see section \"Importing Data\" in the Data Warehouse Service (DWS) Developer ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Is Data Stored in GaussDB(DWS)?,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -3462,7 +3481,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0028.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889073.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"183", + "code":"184", "des":"Each node in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster has a default storage capacity of 160 GB, 256 GB, 1.6 TB, 1.8 TB, or 13 TB. A cluster can house 3 to 256 nodes and the total storage c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Much Service Data Can Be Stored in GaussDB(DWS)?,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -3481,7 +3500,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0073.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381808753.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"184", + "code":"185", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) is a fully managed cloud service. As a result, users cannot directly access the background to import or export data using COPY, which is therefore disabled. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Import and Export Data in GaussDB(DWS) Using \\copy?,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -3500,7 +3519,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0080.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001587507168.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"185", + "code":"186", "des":"To import data from database A (UTF8) to database B (GBK), there may be a character set mismatch error which causes the data import to fail.To import a small amount of da", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Implement Fault Tolerance Import Between Different GaussDB(DWS) Encoding Libraries,Data Mig", @@ -3517,7 +3536,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_1549.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609397.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"186", + "code":"187", "des":"The GaussDB(DWS) import performance is affected by the following factors:Cluster specifications: disk I/O, network throughput, memory, and CPU specificationsService plann", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Factors Are Related to GaussDB(DWS) Import Performance?,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -3536,7 +3555,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0065.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329168.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"187", + "code":"188", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Use", @@ -3555,7 +3574,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2126.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889085.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"188", + "code":"189", "des":"In a data warehouse database, you need to carefully choose distribution columns for large tables, because they can affect your database and query performance. If an impro", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Adjust GaussDB(DWS) Distribution Columns?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3574,7 +3593,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0085.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648788.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"189", + "code":"190", "des":"Use the server_encoding parameter to check the character set encoding of the current database. For example, the character encoding of database music is UTF8.GaussDB(DWS) ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I View and Set the Character Set Encoding Format of a GaussDB(DWS) Database?,Database Use,Use", @@ -3593,7 +3612,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0186.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329172.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"190", + "code":"191", "des":"When creating a database, you can set the DBCOMPATIBILITY parameter to the compatible database type. The value of DBCOMPATIBILITY can be ORA, TD, and MySQL, indicating Or", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Do If a Field of the Date Type Is Automatically Converted to a Timestamp Type During Table ", @@ -3612,7 +3631,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0089.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330488844.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"191", + "code":"192", "des":"Yes.For tables that are frequently added, deleted, or modified, you need to periodically perform VACUUM FULL and ANALYZEto reclaim the disk space occupied by updated or d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Do I Need to Run VACUUM FULL and ANALYZE on Common Tables Periodically in GaussDB(DWS)?,Database Use", @@ -3631,7 +3650,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0078.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381808761.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"192", + "code":"193", "des":"You are advised to use the Data Studio graphical client to export table data. You can export data from:A specific tableAll tables in a schemaAll tables in a databaseFor d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Export the Structure of a GaussDB(DWS) Table?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3650,7 +3669,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0088.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609405.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"193", + "code":"194", "des":"Yes. TRUNCATE is more efficient than DELETE for deleting massive data.TRUNCATE quickly removes all rows from a table. It has the same effect as an unqualified DELETE but ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Delete Table Data Efficiently in GaussDB(DWS)?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3669,7 +3688,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2124.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728589.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"194", + "code":"195", "des":"To query information about OBS/GDS foreign tables such as OBS paths, run the following statement:The following uses table traffic_data.GCJL_OBS as an example:", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I View GaussDB(DWS) Foreign Table Information?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3688,7 +3707,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2127.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381808765.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"195", + "code":"196", "des":"For clusters of 8.1.2 or later, you can use the GUC parameter default_distribution_mode to query and set the default table distribution mode.If no distribution column is ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Will Data Be Stored in a GaussDB(DWS) Table If No Distribution Column Is Specified During Its Cr", @@ -3707,7 +3726,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2102.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001420693973.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"196", + "code":"197", "des":"When OUTER JOIN (LEFT JOIN, RIGHT JOIN, and FULL JOIN) is executed, the match failure in the outer join generates a large number of NULL values. You can replace these nul", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Replace the Null Results with 0 in a GaussDB(DWS) Join Query?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3726,7 +3745,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2100.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001387203636.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"197", + "code":"198", "des":"The storage mode of a table is controlled by the ORIENTATION parameter in the table creation statement. row indicates row storage, and column indicates column storage.You", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Check Whether a GaussDB(DWS) Table Is Row-Stored or Column-Stored?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3745,7 +3764,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2104.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001407868030.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"198", + "code":"199", "des":"The following SQL statements are used to query common information about column-store tables:Create a column-store table named my_table, and insert data into the table.Run", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Query GaussDB(DWS) Column-Store Table Information?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3764,7 +3783,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2105.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001462378445.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"199", + "code":"200", "des":"Creating indexes for tables can improve database query performance. However, sometimes indexes cannot be used in a query plan. This section describes several common reaso", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is the Index Invalid During GaussDB(DWS) Query?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3783,7 +3802,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2101.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001390074640.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"200", + "code":"201", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) currently does not have a built-in CRC32() function. However, if you need to implement the CRC32() function in MySQL, you can rewrite it using a user-defined", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Use a User-Defined GaussDB(DWS) Function to Rewrite the CRC32() Function?,Database Use,User", @@ -3802,7 +3821,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2106.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001464363981.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"201", + "code":"202", "des":"When you query the schema list, the query result may contain schemas starting with pg_temp* or pg_toast_temp*, as shown in the following figure.These schemas are created ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is a GaussDB(DWS) Schema Starting with pg_toast_temp* or pg_temp*?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3821,7 +3840,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2107.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001431826616.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"202", + "code":"203", "des":"In GaussDB(DWS), inconsistencies in the returned results of the same query statement when using SQL queries occur. Such issues are primarily due to improper syntax or usa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Solutions to Inconsistent GaussDB(DWS) Query Results,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3840,7 +3859,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2108.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001510143269.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"203", + "code":"204", "des":"From a functional perspective, VACUUM FULL can be performed on all GaussDB(DWS) system catalogs, which however involves using eight levels of locks, thereby blocking serv", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which System Catalogs in GaussDB(DWS) Cannot Undergo the VACUUM FULL Operation?,Database Use,User Gu", @@ -3859,7 +3878,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2109.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001527537805.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"204", + "code":"205", "des":"When user SQL information is queried in the PGXC_STAT_ACTIVITY view, the statecolumn in the query result sometimes shows idle in transaction. idle in transaction indicate", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"In Which Scenarios Will a GaussDB(DWS) Statement Be in the idle in transaction State?,Database Use,U", @@ -3878,7 +3897,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2110.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001490899666.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"205", + "code":"206", "des":"This section describes how to use SQL statements to convert rows to columns and convert columns to rows in GaussDB(DWS).Use a student score table as an example:Teachers r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Does GaussDB(DWS) Implement Row-to-Column and Column-to-Row Conversion?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3897,7 +3916,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_1002.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001584706597.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"206", + "code":"207", "des":"The concepts of a unique constraint and a unique index are different.A unique constraint specifies that the values in a column or a group of columns are all unique. If DI", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Unique Constraints and Unique Indexes?,Database Use,Us", @@ -3915,7 +3934,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0002.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001652434770.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"207", + "code":"208", "des":"Functions and stored procedures are two common objects in database management systems. They have similarities and differences in implementing specific functions. Understa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Functions and Stored Procedures?,Database Use,User Gui", @@ -3933,7 +3952,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_1004.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001828076805.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"208", + "code":"209", "des":"When clearing dirty data in the database, you may retain only one piece of duplicate data. In this scenario, you can use the aggregate function or window function.Constru", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Delete Duplicate Table Data from GaussDB(DWS)?,Database Use,User Guide", @@ -3952,7 +3971,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0029.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609381.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"209", + "code":"210", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cluster Management", @@ -3971,7 +3990,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0033.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889061.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"210", + "code":"211", "des":"After you delete data stored in GaussDB(DWS) data warehouses, dirty data may be generated possibly because the disk space is not released. This results in disk space wast", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Clear and Reclaim the GaussDB(DWS) Storage Space?,Cluster Management,User Guide", @@ -3990,7 +4009,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0054.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330808744.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"211", + "code":"212", "des":"If you do not run the VACUUM command to clear and reclaim the storage space before the scale-out, the data deleted from the data warehouse may not release the occupied di", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Used Storage Capacity of GaussDB(DWS) Decrease Significantly After Scale-Out?,Cluster M", @@ -4009,7 +4028,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0090.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330488824.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"212", + "code":"213", "des":"Total disk capacity of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster: Taking three data nodes in the cluster as an example, assume each node has a capacity of 320 GB, resulting in a total capac", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Is the Disk Space or Capacity of GaussDB(DWS) Calculated?,Cluster Management,User Guide", @@ -4028,7 +4047,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2122.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381889065.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"213", + "code":"214", "des":"After connecting to a database, run the following SQL statement to check the maximum number of concurrent sessions globally:Go to the Cloud Eye console and set the thresh", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Set the Session Threshold When Creating Alarm Rules for GaussDB(DWS) in Cloud Eye?,Cluster ", @@ -4047,7 +4066,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2140.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648772.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"214", + "code":"215", "des":"Coordinator Node (CN) is an important component in GaussDB(DWS) that is most closely related to users. It provides external application interfaces, optimizes global execu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Determine Whether to Add CNs to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster or Scale Out the Cluster?,Cluster Ma", @@ -4066,7 +4085,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_3416.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001586042849.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"215", + "code":"216", "des":"Small-flavor many-node:If your data volume is small and you have requirement for node scaling, but you have limited budget, you can select a small-flavor many-node cluste", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Choose Between a Small-Specification Multi-Node GaussDB(DWS) Cluster and a Large-Specificat", @@ -4085,7 +4104,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2142.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001384775385.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"216", + "code":"217", "des":"The biggest difference between hot data storage and cold data storage lies in the storage media.Hot data is frequently queried or updated and has high requirements on acc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between Hot Data Storage and Cold Data Storage in GaussDB(DWS)?,Cluster Man", @@ -4104,7 +4123,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2149.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001808534565.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"217", + "code":"218", "des":"When a user performs a scale-in operation, the Scale In button is unavailable and the user cannot proceed to the next scale-in operation.The system verifies the cluster's", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Do If the GaussDB(DWS) Scale-In Button Is Unavailable?,Cluster Management,User Guide", @@ -4123,7 +4142,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0110.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330488836.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"218", + "code":"219", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Account Permissions", @@ -4142,7 +4161,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0200.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001427138953.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"219", + "code":"220", "des":"In GaussDB(DWS), you can isolate workloads through database and schema configurations. The differences are:Databases cannot communicate with each other and share very few", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Does GaussDB(DWS) Isolate Workloads?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4161,7 +4180,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0092.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728581.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"220", + "code":"221", "des":"Below are the methods for changing the password of a database account:To change the password of the database administrator dbadmin, log in to the console and choose More ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Change the Password of a GaussDB(DWS) Database Account When It Expires?,Account Permissions", @@ -4180,7 +4199,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0197.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381808757.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"221", + "code":"222", "des":"This section describes how to grant users the SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, or full permissions of tables to users.Assume there are users u1, u2, u3, u4, and u5 and five schema", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Grant Table Permissions to a Specified GaussDB(DWS) User?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4199,7 +4218,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0196.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330808760.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"222", + "code":"223", "des":"This section explains how to give query permission for schema-level permissions. If you need other permissions, see \"How Do I Grant Table Permissions to a User?\" in FAQ.P", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Grant the Permissions of a Schema to a Specified GaussDB(DWS) User?,Account Permissions,Use", @@ -4218,7 +4237,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0198.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001361046776.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"223", + "code":"224", "des":"In service development, database administrators use schemas to classify data. For example, in the financial industry, liability data belong to schema s1, and asset data b", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Create a GaussDB(DWS) Database Read-Only User?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4237,7 +4256,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0199.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001411540041.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"224", + "code":"225", "des":"The system administrator dbadmin has the permission to access tables created by common users by default. When Separation of Permissions is enabled, the administrator dbad", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Create Private Users and Tables in a GaussDB(DWS) Database?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4256,7 +4275,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0195.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648784.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"225", + "code":"226", "des":"In a service, the permission of user u1 to connect to a database needs to be revoked. After the REVOKE CONNECT ON DATABASE gaussdb FROM u1; command is executed successful", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Revoke the CONNECT ON DATABASE Permission of a User on GaussDB(DWS)?,Account Permissions,Us", @@ -4275,7 +4294,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0201.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001437886853.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"226", + "code":"227", "des":"Scenario 1: Run theinformation_schema.table_privilegescommand to view the table permissions of a user. Example:In the preceding figure, user u2 has all permissions of tab", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I View the Table Permissions of a GaussDB(DWS) User?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4294,7 +4313,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0202.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001440152509.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"227", + "code":"228", "des":"When you run the SELECT * FROM pg_user statement to view the users in the system, you will find the Ruby user with extensive permissions.User Ruby is an official O&M Acco", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Who Is the Ruby User in the GaussDB(DWS) Database?,Account Permissions,User Guide", @@ -4313,7 +4332,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0035.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648792.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"228", + "code":"229", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Performance", @@ -4332,7 +4351,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0071.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329176.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"229", + "code":"230", "des":"After a database is used for a period of time, the table data increases as services grow, or the table data is frequently added, deleted, or modified. As a result, bloati", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is SQL Execution Slow After Using GaussDB(DWS) for a Period of Time?,Database Performance,User G", @@ -4351,7 +4370,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0036.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381609409.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"230", + "code":"231", "des":"Due to the MPP architecture limitation in GaussDB(DWS), a few PostgreSQL system methods and functions cannot be pushed down to DNs for execution. As a result, performance", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Doesn't GaussDB(DWS) Perform Better Than a Single-Node Database in Extreme Scenarios?,Database P", @@ -4370,7 +4389,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0100.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330488848.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"231", + "code":"232", "des":"You can use the top SQL feature to view SQL statements executed in a specified period. SQL statements of the current CN or all CNs can be viewed.Top SQL allows you to vie", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I View SQL Execution Records in a Certain Period When GaussDB(DWS) Read and Write Are Blocked", @@ -4389,7 +4408,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2111.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001519381058.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"232", + "code":"233", "des":"In different service scenarios, system resources (CPU, memory, I/O, and storage resources) of the database are properly allocated to queries to ensure query performance, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GaussDB(DWS) CPU Resource Isolation,Database Performance,User Guide", @@ -4408,7 +4427,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2112.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001533476366.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"233", + "code":"234", "des":"There are three main scenarios where regular GaussDB(DWS) users experience slower execution compared to user dbadmin.Common users often find themselves waiting in various", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Do Regular GaussDB(DWS) Users Run Statements Slower Than User dbadmin?,Database Performance,User", @@ -4427,7 +4446,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2114.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001556121690.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"234", + "code":"235", "des":"GaussDB(DWS) employs the shared-nothing architecture, where data is stored in a distributed manner; consequently, the design of the distribution key, the volume of data s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Factors Affect Single-Table Query Performance in GaussDB(DWS)?,Database Performance,User Guide", @@ -4442,11 +4461,30 @@ "title":"Which Factors Affect Single-Table Query Performance in GaussDB(DWS)?", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"dws_03_2116.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002227774174.xml", + "product_code":"dws", + "code":"236", + "des":"In service queries, the CASE WHEN statement checks conditions. Too many unnecessary CASE WHEN statements in an SQL query can affect performance.In this example, the CASE ", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"How Do I Optimize a SQL Query with Many CASE WHEN Conditions?,Database Performance,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dws", + "documenttype":"faq", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"How Do I Optimize a SQL Query with Many CASE WHEN Conditions?", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"dws_03_2010.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330648796.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"235", + "code":"237", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup and Restoration", @@ -4465,7 +4503,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0059.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001330329180.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"236", + "code":"238", "des":"This happens when the data to be backed up is large. Automated snapshots are incremental backups, and the lower the frequency you set (for example, one week), the longer ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is It Slow to Create a GaussDB(DWS) Automated Snapshot?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -4484,7 +4522,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_2131.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001381728601.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"237", + "code":"239", "des":"No.GaussDB(DWS) snapshots are used to restore all the configurations and service data of a cluster. EVS snapshots are used to restore the service data of a data disk or s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does a GaussDB(DWS) Snapshot Have the Same Function as an EVS Snapshot?,Backup and Restoration,User ", @@ -4503,7 +4541,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0070.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002168065696.xml", "product_code":"dws", - "code":"238", + "code":"240", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dws/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index 595879735..b6c91c1f8 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dws/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -17,6 +17,15 @@ "p_code":"1", "code":"2" }, + { + "desc":"A storage-compute coupled data warehouse using cloud disks with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:8 can be elastically scaled, providing unlimited computing and storage capacit", + "product_code":"dws", + "title":"Data Warehouse Flavors", + "uri":"dws_01_00079.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"1", + "code":"3" + }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) supports ANSI/ISO SQL-92, SQL-99, and SQL-2003 syntax, as well as the PostgreSQL, Oracle, Teradata, and MySQL database ecosystems. It offers powerful solutio", "product_code":"dws", @@ -24,7 +33,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"3" + "code":"4" }, { "desc":"The data warehouse is the pillar of the Business Intelligence (BI) system for collecting, storing, and analyzing massive amounts of data. It provides powerful business an", @@ -33,7 +42,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"4" + "code":"5" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) provides various methods to access the service, such as the console, client, and REST APIs. This section describes the main functions of GaussDB(DWS).After a", @@ -42,7 +51,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0091.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"5" + "code":"6" }, { "desc":"ClusterA cluster is a server group that consists of multiple nodes. GaussDB(DWS) is organized using clusters. A data warehouse cluster contains nodes with the same flavor", @@ -51,7 +60,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"6" + "code":"7" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) uses an ECS as a cluster node.GaussDB(DWS) uses the Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) service to provide a network topology for clusters to isolate clusters and co", @@ -60,7 +69,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"7" + "code":"8" }, { "desc":"If you need to assign different permissions to employees in your enterprise to access your GaussDB(DWS) resources on cloud, IAM is a good choice for fine-grained permissi", @@ -69,7 +78,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0144.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"8" + "code":"9" }, { "desc":"The following figure shows how to use GaussDB(DWS).GaussDB(DWS) provides a web-based management console and HTTPS-compliant APIs for you to manage GaussDB(DWS) clusters.I", @@ -78,7 +87,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"9" + "code":"10" }, { "desc":"This document describes the constraints and precautions of using the key functions of GaussDB(DWS).After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster, you do not need to perform basic", @@ -87,7 +96,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"10" + "code":"11" }, { "desc":"This section describes the technical specifications of GaussDB(DWS) in different versions.Virtual Warehouse (VW): also called logical cluster. GaussDB(DWS) storage-comput", @@ -96,7 +105,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_00113.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"11" + "code":"12" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -105,7 +114,7 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"12" + "code":"13" }, { "desc":"This guide is an introductory tutorial that demonstrates how to create a sample GaussDB(DWS) cluster, connect to the cluster database, import the sample data from OBS, an", @@ -113,8 +122,8 @@ "title":"Step 1: Starting Preparations", "uri":"dws_01_0088.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"12", - "code":"13" + "p_code":"13", + "code":"14" }, { "desc":"Before using GaussDB(DWS) to analyze data, create a cluster. A cluster consists of multiple nodes in the same subnet. These nodes jointly provide services. This section d", @@ -122,8 +131,8 @@ "title":"Step 2: Creating a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"12", - "code":"14" + "p_code":"13", + "code":"15" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use a database client to connect to the database in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster. In the following example, the Data Studio client tool is used fo", @@ -131,8 +140,8 @@ "title":"Step 3: Connecting to a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"12", - "code":"15" + "p_code":"13", + "code":"16" }, { "desc":"After performing the steps in preceding sections, you can refer to the documentation listed as follows for more information about GaussDB(DWS):Data Warehouse Service (DWS", @@ -140,1331 +149,1331 @@ "title":"Step 4: Viewing Other Documents and Deleting Resources", "uri":"dws_01_0079.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"12", - "code":"16" + "p_code":"13", + "code":"17" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) is an online data processing database that uses the cloud infrastructure to provide scalable, fully-managed, and out-of-the-box analytic database service, fr", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using GaussDB(DWS)", "uri":"dws_01_0018.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"17" + "code":"18" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Preparations", "uri":"dws_01_0154.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"18" + "code":"19" }, { "desc":"In actual services, you may need to grant different operation permissions on resources to users of different roles. The IAM service provides fine-grained access control. ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Syntax of Fine-Grained Permissions Policies", "uri":"dws_01_0149.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"19" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"19", + "code":"20" }, { "desc":"An RBAC policy consists of a Version, a Statement, and Depends.When selecting a policy for a user group, click below the policy to view the details of the policy. The DW", "product_code":"dws", "title":"RBAC Syntax of RBAC Policies", "uri":"dws_01_0150.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"20" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"19", + "code":"21" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0160.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"21" + "code":"22" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a Dedicated GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0221.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"21", - "code":"22" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"22", + "code":"23" }, { "desc":"To use cloud GaussDB(DWS), create a data warehouse cluster first.This section describes how to create a data warehouse cluster on the GaussDB(DWS) console.You have evalua", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS)Storage-Compute Coupled Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0019.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"22", - "code":"23" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"23", + "code":"24" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Connecting to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0131.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"24" + "code":"25" }, { "desc":"If you have created a GaussDB(DWS) cluster, you can use the SQL client tool or a third-party driver such as JDBC or ODBC to connect to the cluster and access the database", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dws_01_0137.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"25" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"25", + "code":"26" }, { "desc":"You can access GaussDB(DWS) clusters by different methods and the connection address of each connection method varies. This section describes how to view and obtain the p", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Obtaining the Connection Address of a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0033.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"26" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"25", + "code":"27" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using a Visualization Tool to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0177.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"27" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"25", + "code":"28" }, { "desc":"Data Studio is a SQL client tool running on the Windows operating system. It provides various GUIs for you to manage databases and database objects, as well as edit, run,", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using Data Studio to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0094.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"28" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"28", + "code":"29" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the CLI to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0093.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"29" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"25", + "code":"30" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) provides client tool packages that match the cluster versions. You can download the desired client tool package on the GaussDB(DWS) management console.The cl", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Downloading the Client", "uri":"dws_01_0031.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"30" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"30", + "code":"31" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a database through an SQL client after you create a data warehouse cluster and before you use the cluster's database. GaussDB(DWS", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the Linux gsql Client to Connect to a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0037.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"31" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"30", + "code":"32" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a database through an SQL client after you create a data warehouse cluster and before you use the cluster's database. GaussDB(DWS", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the Windows gsql Client to Connect to a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0128.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"32" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"30", + "code":"33" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) supports the standard SSL. As a highly secure protocol, SSL authenticates bidirectional identification between the server and client using digital signatures", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Establishing Secure TCP/IP Connections in SSL Mode", "uri":"dws_01_0038.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"33" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"30", + "code":"34" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using a Third-Party Database Adapter for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection", "uri":"dws_01_0180.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"34" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"25", + "code":"35" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the JDBC and ODBC Drivers to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0081.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"34", - "code":"35" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"35", + "code":"36" }, { "desc":"If the connection pool mechanism is used during application development, comply with the following specifications: If you do not do so, the status of connections in the c", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Development Specifications", "uri":"dws_01_0106.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"36" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"37" }, { "desc":"The JDBC or ODBC driver is used to connect to data warehouse clusters. You can download the JDBC or ODBC driver provided by GaussDB(DWS) from the management console or us", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Downloading the JDBC or ODBC Driver", "uri":"dws_01_0032.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"37" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"38" }, { "desc":"In GaussDB(DWS), you can use a JDBC driver to connect to a database on Linux or Windows. The driver can connect to the database through an ECS on the cloud platform or ov", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using JDBC to Connect to a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0077.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"38" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"39" }, { "desc":"If you use JDBC to connect to only one CN in the cluster, this CN may be overloaded and other CN resources wasted. It also incurs single-node failure risks.To avoid these", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Configuring JDBC to Connect to a Cluster (Load Balancing Mode)", "uri":"dws_01_0169.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"39" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"40" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to access databases using IAM authentication. When you use the JDBC application program to connect to a cluster, set the IAM username, credential,", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Configuring JDBC to Connect to a Cluster (IAM Authentication Mode)", "uri":"dws_01_0133.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"40" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"41" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) does not have its own JDBC connection pool, and the inherited PostgreSQL connection pool is offline. Use third-party connection pools like Druid, HikariCP, o", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Third-party Connection Pool of the JDBC Configuration Database", "uri":"dws_01_0075.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"41" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"42" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to use an ODBC driver to connect to the database through an ECS on the cloud platform or over the Internet.For details about how to use the ODBC A", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using ODBC to Connect to a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0086.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"42" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"36", + "code":"43" }, { "desc":"After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster and using the third-party database adapter psycopg2 to connect to the cluster, you can use Python to access GaussDB(DWS) and perform", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the Third-Party Database Adapter Psycopg2 (in Python) for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection", "uri":"dws_01_0120.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"34", - "code":"43" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"35", + "code":"44" }, { "desc":"After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster and using the third-party database adapter PyGreSQL to connect to the cluster, you can use Python to access GaussDB(DWS) and perform", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the Third-Party Database Adapter PyGreSQL (in Python) for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection", "uri":"dws_01_0171.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"34", - "code":"44" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"35", + "code":"45" }, { "desc":"The default database gaussdb of GaussDB(DWS) is not used as the customer's service database. You can use multiple databases to ensure service isolation. When you first co", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a GaussDB(DWS) Database and User", "uri":"dws_01_01113.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"", - "code":"45" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dws", - "title":"Migrating Service Data to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", - "uri":"dws_01_0176.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", "code":"46" }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"dws", + "title":"Migrating Service Data to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", + "uri":"dws_01_0176.html", + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"", + "code":"47" + }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Data Source Management", "uri":"dws_01_1601.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"46", - "code":"47" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"47", + "code":"48" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"MRS Data Sources", "uri":"dws_01_0057.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"47", - "code":"48" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"48", + "code":"49" }, { "desc":"MRS is a big data cluster running based on the open-source Hadoop ecosystem. It provides the industry's latest cutting-edge storage and analysis capabilities of massive v", "product_code":"dws", "title":"MRS Data Source Usage Overview", "uri":"dws_01_0055.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"49" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"49", + "code":"50" }, { "desc":"Before GaussDB(DWS) reads data from MRS HDFS, you need to create an MRS data source connection that functions as a channel of transporting data warehouse cluster data and", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating an MRS Data Source Connection", "uri":"dws_01_0059.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"50" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"49", + "code":"51" }, { "desc":"For MRS, if the following parameter configurations of the HDFS cluster change, data may fail to be imported to the data warehouse cluster from the HDFS cluster. Before im", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Updating the MRS Data Source Configuration", "uri":"dws_01_0156.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"51" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"49", + "code":"52" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to access data on OBS by using an agency. You can create a GaussDB(DWS) agency, grant the OBS OperateAccess or OBS Administrator permission to the", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing OBS Data Sources", "uri":"dws_01_1602.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"47", - "code":"52" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"48", + "code":"53" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Data Security and Encryption", "uri":"dws_01_0700.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"53" + "code":"54" }, { "desc":"By default, the administrator specified when you create a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is the database system administrator. The administrator can create other users and view the", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Enabling Separation of Duties for GaussDB(DWS) Database Users", "uri":"dws_01_0074.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"53", - "code":"54" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"54", + "code":"55" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Management", "uri":"dws_01_0600.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"55" + "code":"56" }, { "desc":"Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console. In the navigation tree on the left, click Dedicated Clusters > Clusters. In the cluster list, locate the required cluster and click it", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Details", "uri":"dws_01_0112.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"56" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"57" }, { "desc":"Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and you can view the general information about a cluster in the displayed cluster list, such as the cluster status, task information,", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Checking the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Status", "uri":"dws_01_0020.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"57" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"58" }, { "desc":"A topology shows all the nodes in a cluster. You can check the node statuses, processes, and IP addresses.You can check the topology structure and node processes.Only clu", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Topology", "uri":"dws_01_0159.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"58" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"59" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connections", "uri":"dws_01_0173.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"59" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"60" }, { "desc":"A domain name is a string of characters separated by dots to identify the location of a computer or a computer group on the Internet, for example, www.example.com. You ca", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Access Domain Names", "uri":"dws_01_0140.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"60" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"60", + "code":"61" }, { "desc":"If the private IP address or EIP of a CN is used to connect to a cluster, the failure of this CN will lead to cluster connection failure. If a private domain name is used", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Binding and Unbinding ELBs for a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0822.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"61" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"60", + "code":"62" }, { "desc":"After a cluster is created, the number of required CNs varies with service requirements. The CN management function enables you to adjust the number of CNs in the cluster", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Adding or Deleting a CN in a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_7115.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"62" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"60", + "code":"63" }, { "desc":"By default, a database supports a certain number of connections. Administrators can manage database connections to learn about the connection performance of the current d", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Database Connections", "uri":"dws_01_0039.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"63" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"60", + "code":"64" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"GaussDB(DWS) Resource Load Management", "uri":"dws_01_0723.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"64" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"65" }, { "desc":"The system resources (CPU, memory, I/O, and storage resources) of a database are limited. When multiple types of services (such as data loading, batch analysis, and real-", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dws_01_1510.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"65" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"66" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Resource Pool", "uri":"dws_01_07231.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"66" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"67" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) resource pools provide concurrency management, memory management, CPU management, and exception rules.Concurrency represents the maximum number of concurrent", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Feature Description", "uri":"dws_01_1512.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"66", - "code":"67" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"67", + "code":"68" }, { "desc":"Up to 63 resource pools can be created.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a Resource Pool", "uri":"dws_01_07233.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"66", - "code":"68" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"67", + "code":"69" }, { "desc":"You can modify the parameters of a resource pool on the resource management page.Click Edit on the right and modify the parameters according to Table 1.Resource pool para", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Modifying a Resource Pool", "uri":"dws_01_07234.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"66", - "code":"69" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"67", + "code":"70" }, { "desc":"Deleting a resource pool that is associated with a database user is not allowed. To delete the resource pool, you need to first disassociate it from the database user.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Deleting a Resource Pool", "uri":"dws_01_07239.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"66", - "code":"70" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"67", + "code":"71" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Resource Management Plan", "uri":"dws_01_72365.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"71" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"72" }, { "desc":"The resource management plan is an advanced resource management feature provided by GaussDB(DWS). You can create a resource management plan, add multiple stages to the pl", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Resource Management Plans", "uri":"dws_01_72362.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"71", - "code":"72" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"72", + "code":"73" }, { "desc":"The following conditions must be met when you add or modify a resource management plan:The total CPU share of all resource pools does not exceed 99%.The total CPU limit o", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Resource Management Plan Stages", "uri":"dws_01_72363.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"71", - "code":"73" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"72", + "code":"74" }, { "desc":"Your cluster may run out of space if disk usage is not controlled, resulting in cluster exceptions and service interruption. Once disks are full, it takes long and huge e", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Workspace Management", "uri":"dws_01_72366.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"74" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"75" }, { "desc":"Some complex statements may consume a large number of resources for computing, leading to performance deterioration of the entire GaussDB(DWS) database. To maintain syste", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Exception Rules", "uri":"dws_01_72367.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"75" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"76" }, { "desc":"When using GaussDB(DWS), performance degradation or even complete unavailability of the cluster system can occur due to slow SQL queries. To address this, GaussDB(DWS) of", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Using the Query Filter", "uri":"dws_01_72368.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"76" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"65", + "code":"77" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Logical Clusters", "uri":"dws_01_0724.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"77" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"78" }, { "desc":"A physical cluster can be divided into Node Groups, which are logical clusters. All physical nodes in a physical cluster are divided into multiple logical clusters. A log", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Logical Cluster Overview", "uri":"dws_01_7241.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"78" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"78", + "code":"79" }, { "desc":"PrecautionsIf you access the Logical Clusters page for the first time, the metadata of the logical cluster created at the backend is synchronized to the frontend. After t", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Adding/Deleting a Logical Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_7242.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"79" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"78", + "code":"80" }, { "desc":"PrecautionsNodes are added to or removed from a logical cluster by ring.At least one ring must be reserved in a logical cluster.The ring removed from the logical cluster ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Logical Clusters", "uri":"dws_01_7243.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"80" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"78", + "code":"81" }, { "desc":"A large database cluster usually contains a large amount of data put in different tables. With the resource management feature, you can create resource pools to isolate t", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Tutorial: Converting a Physical Cluster That Contains Data into a Logical Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_7251.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"81" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"78", + "code":"82" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to divide a new six-node physical cluster (having no service data) into two logical clusters. If your physical cluster already has service data", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Tutorial: Dividing a New Physical Cluster into Logical Clusters", "uri":"dws_01_7252.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"82" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"78", + "code":"83" }, { "desc":"After a cluster is created, you can modify the cluster's database parameters as required. On the GaussDB(DWS) console, you can configure common database parameters. For d", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Modifying GUC Parameters of the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0152.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"83" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"84" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing GaussDB(DWS) Tags", "uri":"dws_01_0103.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"84" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"85" }, { "desc":"A tag is a key-value pair customized by users and used to identify cloud resources. It helps users to classify and search for cloud resources.Tags are composed of key-val", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dws_01_0104.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"84", - "code":"85" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"85", + "code":"86" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to search for clusters based on tags and how to add, modify, and delete tags for clusters.You can quickly locate a tagged cluster using tags.Se", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"dws_01_0105.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"84", - "code":"86" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"85", + "code":"87" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to reset the password of the database administrator. If a database administrator forgets their password or the account is locked because the numbe", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Resetting the Password the GaussDB(DWS) Database Administrator", "uri":"dws_01_0026.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"87" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"88" }, { "desc":"If a cluster is in the Unbalanced state or cannot work properly, you may need to restart it for restoration. After modifying a cluster's configurations, such as security ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Starting, Stopping, and Deleting a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0024.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"88" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"89" }, { "desc":"An enterprise project is a cloud resource management mode. Enterprise Management provides users with comprehensive management in cloud-based resources, personnel, and per", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Enterprise Projects", "uri":"dws_01_0113.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"89" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"56", + "code":"90" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster O&M", "uri":"dws_01_0174.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", + "doc_type":"mgtg", "p_code":"", - "code":"90" + "code":"91" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on the Monitoring Panel (DMS)", "uri":"dws_01_00014.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"91" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"92" }, { "desc":"DMS is provided by GaussDB(DWS) to ensure the fast and stable running of databases. It collects, monitors, and analyzes the disk, network, and OS metric data used by the ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Database Monitoring Overview", "uri":"dws_01_00131.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"92" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"You can check the status and available resources of a cluster and learn about its real-time resource consumption through the GaussDB(DWS) monitoring items.Table 1 describ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"dws_01_00136.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"93" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"94" }, { "desc":"On the page that is displayed, you can view the cluster status, real-time resource consumption, cluster resource consumption, and key database metrics.Metrics can be coll", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Cluster Overview", "uri":"dws_01_00132.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"94" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_00133.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"95" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"96" }, { "desc":"On the page that is displayed, view the real-time consumption of nodes, memory, disks, disk I/O, and network I/O.On the Overview tab page, you can view the key resources ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Node Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_1331.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"96" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"97" }, { "desc":"You can select a time range and check the performance trend in this range.By default, the monitoring information of the last hour is displayed.You can view the monitoring", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Performance Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_1337.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"97" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"98" }, { "desc":"The Database Monitoring page displays the real-time and historical resource consumption a database.You can select a database to view its resource usage. For details about", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Database Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_1332.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"98" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"99" }, { "desc":"You can check the real-time information about all queries and sessions running in the cluster.Real-time query is supported only in clusters of version 8.1.2 and later.To ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Real-Time Queries", "uri":"dws_01_1334.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"99" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"100" }, { "desc":"All the historical queries in the current cluster will be displayed.Historical queries can be viewed only in clusters of version 8.1.2 and later.The historical query moni", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Historical Queries", "uri":"dws_01_1333.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"100" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"101" }, { "desc":"On the Instance Monitoring page, you can view the real-time and historical information about detected slow instances.DMS can automatically configure and start the slow in", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Instance Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_1338.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"101" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"You can check the real-time statistics and resource consumption history about resource pools.You can check user-defined resource pools, real-time and historical resource ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Resource Pool Monitoring", "uri":"dws_01_1339.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"95", - "code":"102" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Utilities", "uri":"dws_01_00175.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"103" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"To enable SQL diagnosis, enable monitoring on real-time and historical queries on the Queries and History tabs, respectively. For details, see Monitoring Collection.Query", "product_code":"dws", "title":"SQL Diagnosis", "uri":"dws_01_00134.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"103", - "code":"104" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"104", + "code":"105" }, { "desc":"You can upload and verify SQL probes, execute probe tasks in one click, and periodically execute probe tasks. Alarms can be reported for timeout SQL probes. The procedure", "product_code":"dws", "title":"SQL Probes", "uri":"dws_01_01753.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"103", - "code":"105" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"104", + "code":"106" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) provides statistics and diagnostic tools for you to learn table status, including:Skew Rate: monitors and analyzes data table statistics in the cluster, and ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Table Diagnosis", "uri":"dws_01_01752.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"103", - "code":"106" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"104", + "code":"107" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Workload Analysis", "uri":"dws_01_00139.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"107" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"108" }, { "desc":"The workload analysis tool of GaussDB(DWS) collects and analyzes database performance data. You can create workload snapshots to record cluster workload data in a specifi", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Workload Analysis Overview", "uri":"dws_01_00142.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"108" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"108", + "code":"109" }, { "desc":"You can check the basic information about the cluster workload snapshots, manually create a snapshot, and configure snapshot parameters.Before creating a workload snapsho", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Workload Snapshots", "uri":"dws_01_00140.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"109" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"108", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"You can create, download, and delete work diagnosis reports, and check historical workload diagnosis reports.To create a workload report, obtain the required OBS bucket p", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Workload Reports", "uri":"dws_01_00141.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"110" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"108", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"The Monitoring page displays the collection period of monitoring metrics.The cluster monitoring function is enabled by default.Disable the function if the cluster is bein", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Settings", "uri":"dws_01_00135.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"111" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"On the task details page, you can view the status of tasks, such as enabling, disabling, resetting, and modifying cluster monitoring collection items; one-click DDL revie", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Checking Task Details", "uri":"dws_01_0143.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"112" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Typical Scenarios", "uri":"dws_01_00137.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"113" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"92", + "code":"114" }, { "desc":"The execution of SQL statements takes a long time, resulting in great resource consumption.If the execution efficiency of SQL statements is low, optimization suggestions ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"SQL Diagnosis", "uri":"dws_01_01372.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"114" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"114", + "code":"115" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to check cluster metrics on Cloud Eye. By monitoring cluster running metrics, you can identify the time when the database cluster is abnormal a", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Monitoring Information on Cloud Eye", "uri":"dws_01_0022.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"115" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"116" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Alarms", "uri":"dws_01_1240.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"116" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"117" }, { "desc":"Alarm management includes viewing and configuring alarm rules and subscribing to alarm information. Alarm rules display alarm statistics and details of the past week for ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Alarm Management", "uri":"dws_01_1241.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"116", - "code":"117" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"117", + "code":"118" }, { "desc":"Concepts related to threshold alarmsAlarm rule: consists of the alarm rule name, rule description, clusters associated with the rule, alarm policy triggering relationship", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Alarm Rules", "uri":"dws_01_1242.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"116", - "code":"118" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"117", + "code":"119" }, { "desc":"You can subscribe to GaussDB(DWS) alarm notifications to receive notifications by SMS message, email, or application when an alarm of a specified severity is generated.To", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Alarm Subscriptions", "uri":"dws_01_1243.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"116", - "code":"119" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"117", + "code":"120" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing and Subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Events", "uri":"dws_01_0100.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"120" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"121" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) uses the Simple Message Notification (SMN) service to send notifications of GaussDB(DWS) events. The SMN function is only available by subscription. In a sub", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Event Notifications Overview", "uri":"dws_01_0099.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"120", - "code":"121" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"121", + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"After subscribing to GaussDB(DWS) event notification, you will receive notifications by text message, email, or application when management, monitoring, or security event", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Subscribing to Event Notifications", "uri":"dws_01_0101.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"120", - "code":"122" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"121", + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to search for events that occur in a cluster or snapshot.On the Events tab page, all events that occur in the clusters or snapshots are display", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Events", "uri":"dws_01_0102.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"120", - "code":"123" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"121", + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Backing Up and Restoring a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0800.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"124" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"125" }, { "desc":"A snapshot is a full or incremental backup of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster at a specific point in time. It records the current database data and cluster information, including ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dws_01_0151.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"125" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Manual Snapshots", "uri":"dws_01_0092.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"126" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"127" }, { "desc":"A cluster snapshot is a complete backup that records point-in-time configuration data and service data of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster. This section describes how to create a s", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a Manual Snapshot of a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0028.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"126", - "code":"127" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"127", + "code":"128" }, { "desc":"A schema snapshot is a backup of specific schemas in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster at a specific point in time. This section describes how to create a schema snapshot on the Sna", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Creating a Manual Snapshot of a Schema", "uri":"dws_01_1012.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"126", - "code":"128" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"127", + "code":"129" }, { "desc":"On the Snapshot Management page of the GaussDB(DWS) console, you can delete an unwanted snapshot in the Unavailable state or delete an available snapshot to release the s", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Deleting a Manual Snapshot", "uri":"dws_01_0030.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"126", - "code":"129" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"127", + "code":"130" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Automated Snapshots", "uri":"dws_01_1013.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"130" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"131" }, { "desc":"Automated snapshots adopt differential incremental backups. The automated snapshot created for the first time is a full backup (base version), and then the system creates", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Automated Snapshot Overview", "uri":"dws_01_10131.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"131" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"131", + "code":"132" }, { - "desc":"You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or twenty snapshot policie", + "desc":"You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or 20 snapshot policies at", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Configuring an Automated Snapshot Policy", "uri":"dws_01_0089.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"132" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"131", + "code":"133" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to copy snapshots that are automatically created for long-term retention.All snapshots are displayed by default. You can copy the snapshots tha", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Copying Automated Snapshots", "uri":"dws_01_0085.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"133" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"131", + "code":"134" }, { "desc":"Only GaussDB(DWS) can delete automated snapshots; you cannot delete them manually.GaussDB(DWS) deletes an automated snapshot if:The retention period of the snapshot ends.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Deleting an Automated Snapshot", "uri":"dws_01_10134.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"130", - "code":"134" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"131", + "code":"135" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to view snapshot information on the Snapshots page.In the snapshot list, all snapshots are displayed by default.You can also enter a snapshot n", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Snapshot Information", "uri":"dws_01_0021.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"135" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"136" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Restoration Using a Snapshot", "uri":"dws_01_1015.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"136" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"137" }, { "desc":"Cluster-level restoration consists of two steps:Data restoration: Restores data in the backup set to the data directory of each primary DN/CN instance in parallel.Rebuild", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Constraints on Restoring a Snapshot", "uri":"dws_01_1029.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"136", - "code":"137" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"137", + "code":"138" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to restore a snapshot to a new cluster when you want to check point-in-time snapshot data of the cluster.When a snapshot is restored to a new c", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Restoring a Snapshot to a New Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0029.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"136", - "code":"138" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"137", + "code":"139" }, { "desc":"You can use a snapshot to restore data to the original cluster. This function is used when a cluster is faulty or data needs to be rolled back to a specified snapshot ver", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Restoring a Snapshot to the Current Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_00097.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"136", - "code":"139" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"137", + "code":"140" }, { "desc":"You can create a table from a cluster or schema snapshot to the original cluster if the table was modified or deleted by mistake.If the current console does not support t", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Restoring a Table to the Original Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_1016.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"136", - "code":"140" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"137", + "code":"141" }, { "desc":"You can create a table from a cluster or schema snapshot to the original cluster. In case of accidental deletion or operation on data in a table during service operations", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Restoring a Table or Multiple Tables to a New Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_1036.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"136", - "code":"141" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"137", + "code":"142" }, { "desc":"You can configure the parameters for creating and restoring a snapshot.This feature applies only to clusters of 8.2.0 or later. (For clusters of versions earlier than 8.2", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Configuring a Snapshot", "uri":"dws_01_1071.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"142" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"143" }, { "desc":"You can stop snapshot creation on the Snapshots page.This feature is supported only in version 8.1.3.200 and later.If the snapshot is ready to complete, the command for s", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Stopping Snapshot Creation", "uri":"dws_01_1019.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"143" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"125", + "code":"144" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Scaling GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Nodes", "uri":"dws_01_0132.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"144" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"145" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows you to inspect the cluster before making any changes like scaling, changing specifications, or upgrading. Simply click Inspect on the relevant page, a", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Inspection Results", "uri":"dws_01_01755.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"144", - "code":"145" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"145", + "code":"146" }, { "desc":"On the Nodes tab page, you can view the node list of the current cluster, add new nodes to or remove nodes from it, and view the node usage, status, flavor, and AZ. In ad", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing Nodes", "uri":"dws_01_0818.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"144", - "code":"146" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"145", + "code":"147" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Scaling Nodes", "uri":"dws_01_0910.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"144", - "code":"147" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"145", + "code":"148" }, { "desc":"When you need more compute and storage resources, add more nodes for cluster scale-out on the management console.When you scale out a storage-compute coupled data warehou", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Scaling Out a Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0023.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"147", - "code":"148" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"148", + "code":"149" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Cluster Redistribution", "uri":"dws_01_0820.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"147", - "code":"149" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"148", + "code":"150" }, { "desc":"Data redistribution, where data in existing nodes is evenly allocated to the new nodes after you scale out a cluster, is a time-consuming yet crucial task that accelerate", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Redistributing Data", "uri":"dws_01_8201.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"149", - "code":"150" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"150", + "code":"151" }, { "desc":"On the View Redistribution Details page, you can check the monitoring information, including the redistribution mode, redistribution progress, and table redistribution de", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Redistribution Details", "uri":"dws_01_8202.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"149", - "code":"151" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"150", + "code":"152" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) allows users to upgrade clusters on the console. For details, see Upgrading a Cluster.During cluster O&M operations, GaussDB(DWS) will send SMS notifications", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Upgrading a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_0008.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"152" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"153" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Log Management", "uri":"dws_01_01112.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"153" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"154" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) provides database audit logs, management console audit logs, and other logs for users to query service logs, analyze problems, and learn product security and", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Log Types Supported by GaussDB(DWS) Clusters", "uri":"dws_01_1911.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"154" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"154", + "code":"155" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) records information (audit logs) about connections and user activities in your database. The audit logs help you monitor the database to ensure security, rec", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Dumping GaussDB(DWS) Database Audit Logs", "uri":"dws_01_0142.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"155" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"154", + "code":"156" }, { "desc":"Database audit logs can be set on the Security Settings page of the cluster. Security configurations can be modified only for clusters in the Available or Unbalanced stat", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing GaussDB(DWS) Database Audit Logs", "uri":"dws_01_0183.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"156" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"154", + "code":"157" }, { "desc":"A tracker will be automatically created after CTS is enabled. All traces recorded by CTS are associated with a tracker. Currently, only one tracker can be created for eac", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Operation Logs on the GaussDB(DWS) Console", "uri":"dws_01_0118.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"157" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"154", + "code":"158" }, { "desc":"Cluster logs are collected and sent to Log Tank Service (LTS). You can check or dump the collected cluster logs on LTS.The following log types are supported: CN logs, DN ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing Other Logs of the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster", "uri":"dws_01_01111.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"158" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"154", + "code":"159" }, { "desc":"A cluster in read-only status does not allow write operations. You can remove this status on the management console. A cluster becomes read-only probably because of high ", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Handling Abnormal GaussDB(DWS) Clusters", "uri":"dws_01_0035.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"159" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"160" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Reclaiming GaussDB(DWS) Space Using Vacuum", "uri":"dws_01_1160.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"160" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"91", + "code":"161" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) provides the intelligent O&M feature to help users quickly and efficiently execute O&M tasks. Intelligent O&M selects a proper time window and concurrency to", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dws_01_1161.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"160", - "code":"161" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"161", + "code":"162" }, { - "desc":"This configuration takes effect for the VACUUM FULL O&M tasks of all user tables.The concurrency value range is 1 to 24. Configure it based on the remaining disk space an", + "desc":"Avoid setting the time window for automatic Vacuum O&M tasks during peak hours to prevent conflicts with user services.For user tables, the maximum concurrency for Vacuum", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Managing O&M Plans", "uri":"dws_01_1162.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"160", - "code":"162" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"161", + "code":"163" }, { "desc":"O&M Task: VacuumStatus: Waiting, Running, Completed, or Failed.ProgressRemaining Time WindowTime Window (Local Time)Tables being vacuumedTables to be vacuumedVacuumed tab", "product_code":"dws", "title":"Viewing O&M Tasks", "uri":"dws_01_1163.html", - "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"160", - "code":"163" + "doc_type":"mgtg", + "p_code":"161", + "code":"164" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1473,7 +1482,7 @@ "uri":"dws_03_0061.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"164" + "code":"165" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1481,8 +1490,8 @@ "title":"Product Consulting", "uri":"dws_03_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"165" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"166" }, { "desc":"Both allow you to run traditional relational databases on the cloud and offload database management tasks. RDS databases are useful for OLTP, reporting, and analysis, but", @@ -1490,8 +1499,8 @@ "title":"Should I Choose Public Cloud GaussDB(DWS) or RDS?", "uri":"dws_03_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"166" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"167" }, { "desc":"For Cloud services, quotas limit the number of resources available to users. If you need more, submit a service ticket to increase your quotas. Once approved, we will upd", @@ -1499,8 +1508,8 @@ "title":"What Is the User Quota?", "uri":"dws_03_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"167" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"168" }, { "desc":"Users and roles are shared within the entire cluster, but their data is not shared. That is, a user can connect to any database, but after the connection is successful, a", @@ -1508,8 +1517,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Users and Roles?", "uri":"dws_03_0067.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"168" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"169" }, { "desc":"Method 1:When you create a GaussDB(DWS) database user, if the time when the user takes effect (VALID BEGIN) is the same as the creation time of the user, and the time whe", @@ -1517,8 +1526,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Check the Creation Time of a GaussDB(DWS) Database User?", "uri":"dws_03_0063.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"169" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"170" }, { "desc":"A region and availability zone (AZ) identify the location of a data center. You can create resources in regions and AZs.A region is a physical data center location. Each ", @@ -1526,8 +1535,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Select a GaussDB(DWS) Region and AZ?", "uri":"dws_03_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"170" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"171" }, { "desc":"Yes. In the big data era, data has become a core asset. The public cloud will adhere to the commitment made over the years that we do not touch your applications or data,", @@ -1535,8 +1544,8 @@ "title":"Is Data Secure in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"171" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"172" }, { "desc":"After a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is created, you can add, delete, or modify rules in its current security group.Modify an existing security group rule:Log in to the GaussDB(D", @@ -1544,8 +1553,8 @@ "title":"Can I Modify the Security Group of a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster?", "uri":"dws_03_0053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"172" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"173" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) employs the multi-version concurrency control (MVCC) mechanism to guarantee consistency and concurrency when multiple transactions access the database. Its a", @@ -1553,8 +1562,8 @@ "title":"How Are Dirty Pages Generated in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_2143.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"165", - "code":"173" + "p_code":"166", + "code":"174" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1562,8 +1571,8 @@ "title":"Database Connections", "uri":"dws_03_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"174" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"175" }, { "desc":"For applications to communicate with GaussDB(DWS), make sure the networks between them are connected. The following table lists common connection scenarios.To ensure low ", @@ -1571,8 +1580,8 @@ "title":"How Applications Communicate with GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_2132.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"175" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"176" }, { "desc":"Yes, but GaussDB(DWS) clients and drivers are recommended. Unlike open-source PostgreSQL clients and drivers, GaussDB(DWS) clients and drivers have two key advantages:Sec", @@ -1580,8 +1589,8 @@ "title":"Does GaussDB(DWS) Support Third-Party Clients and JDBC and ODBC Drivers?", "uri":"dws_03_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"176" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"177" }, { "desc":"Check the following:Whether the cluster status is normal.Whether the connection command, username, password, IP address, and port number are incorrect.Whether the operati", @@ -1589,8 +1598,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Do If I Cannot Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster?", "uri":"dws_03_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"177" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"178" }, { "desc":"The network is disconnected when the EIP is unbound. However, the TCP layer does not detect a faulty physical connection in time due to keepalive settings. As a result, t", @@ -1598,8 +1607,8 @@ "title":"Why Was I Not Notified of Failure After Unbinding the EIP When GaussDB(DWS) Is Connected Over the Internet?", "uri":"dws_03_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"178" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"179" }, { "desc":"You can log in to the VPC management console to manually create a security group. Then, return to the GaussDB(DWS) cluster creation page, click next to the Security Grou", @@ -1607,8 +1616,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure a Whitelist If I Want to Connect to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Using EIP?", "uri":"dws_03_2130.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"179" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"180" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1616,8 +1625,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"dws_03_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"180" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"181" }, { "desc":"The file formats supported by OBS and GDS foreign tables are as follows:OBS supports ORC, text, JSON, CSV, CarbonData, and Parquet file formats for data import and ORC, C", @@ -1625,8 +1634,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between Data Formats Supported by OBS and GDS Foreign Tables in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"181" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"182" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) efficiently imports data from various sources through several modes. For details, see section \"Importing Data\" in the Data Warehouse Service (DWS) Developer ", @@ -1634,8 +1643,8 @@ "title":"How Is Data Stored in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"182" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"183" }, { "desc":"Each node in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster has a default storage capacity of 160 GB, 256 GB, 1.6 TB, 1.8 TB, or 13 TB. A cluster can house 3 to 256 nodes and the total storage c", @@ -1643,8 +1652,8 @@ "title":"How Much Service Data Can Be Stored in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"183" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"184" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) is a fully managed cloud service. As a result, users cannot directly access the background to import or export data using COPY, which is therefore disabled. ", @@ -1652,8 +1661,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Import and Export Data in GaussDB(DWS) Using \\copy?", "uri":"dws_03_0073.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"184" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"185" }, { "desc":"To import data from database A (UTF8) to database B (GBK), there may be a character set mismatch error which causes the data import to fail.To import a small amount of da", @@ -1661,8 +1670,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Implement Fault Tolerance Import Between Different GaussDB(DWS) Encoding Libraries", "uri":"dws_03_0080.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"185" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"186" }, { "desc":"The GaussDB(DWS) import performance is affected by the following factors:Cluster specifications: disk I/O, network throughput, memory, and CPU specificationsService plann", @@ -1670,8 +1679,8 @@ "title":"Which Factors Are Related to GaussDB(DWS) Import Performance?", "uri":"dws_03_1549.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"180", - "code":"186" + "p_code":"181", + "code":"187" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1679,8 +1688,8 @@ "title":"Database Use", "uri":"dws_03_0065.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"187" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"188" }, { "desc":"In a data warehouse database, you need to carefully choose distribution columns for large tables, because they can affect your database and query performance. If an impro", @@ -1688,8 +1697,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Adjust GaussDB(DWS) Distribution Columns?", "uri":"dws_03_2126.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"188" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"189" }, { "desc":"Use the server_encoding parameter to check the character set encoding of the current database. For example, the character encoding of database music is UTF8.GaussDB(DWS) ", @@ -1697,8 +1706,8 @@ "title":"How Do I View and Set the Character Set Encoding Format of a GaussDB(DWS) Database?", "uri":"dws_03_0085.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"189" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"190" }, { "desc":"When creating a database, you can set the DBCOMPATIBILITY parameter to the compatible database type. The value of DBCOMPATIBILITY can be ORA, TD, and MySQL, indicating Or", @@ -1706,8 +1715,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Do If a Field of the Date Type Is Automatically Converted to a Timestamp Type During Table Creation in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0186.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"190" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"191" }, { "desc":"Yes.For tables that are frequently added, deleted, or modified, you need to periodically perform VACUUM FULL and ANALYZEto reclaim the disk space occupied by updated or d", @@ -1715,8 +1724,8 @@ "title":"Do I Need to Run VACUUM FULL and ANALYZE on Common Tables Periodically in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0089.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"191" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"192" }, { "desc":"You are advised to use the Data Studio graphical client to export table data. You can export data from:A specific tableAll tables in a schemaAll tables in a databaseFor d", @@ -1724,8 +1733,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Export the Structure of a GaussDB(DWS) Table?", "uri":"dws_03_0078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"192" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"193" }, { "desc":"Yes. TRUNCATE is more efficient than DELETE for deleting massive data.TRUNCATE quickly removes all rows from a table. It has the same effect as an unqualified DELETE but ", @@ -1733,8 +1742,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Delete Table Data Efficiently in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0088.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"193" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"194" }, { "desc":"To query information about OBS/GDS foreign tables such as OBS paths, run the following statement:The following uses table traffic_data.GCJL_OBS as an example:", @@ -1742,8 +1751,8 @@ "title":"How Do I View GaussDB(DWS) Foreign Table Information?", "uri":"dws_03_2124.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"194" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"195" }, { "desc":"For clusters of 8.1.2 or later, you can use the GUC parameter default_distribution_mode to query and set the default table distribution mode.If no distribution column is ", @@ -1751,8 +1760,8 @@ "title":"How Will Data Be Stored in a GaussDB(DWS) Table If No Distribution Column Is Specified During Its Creation?", "uri":"dws_03_2127.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"195" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"196" }, { "desc":"When OUTER JOIN (LEFT JOIN, RIGHT JOIN, and FULL JOIN) is executed, the match failure in the outer join generates a large number of NULL values. You can replace these nul", @@ -1760,8 +1769,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Replace the Null Results with 0 in a GaussDB(DWS) Join Query?", "uri":"dws_03_2102.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"196" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"197" }, { "desc":"The storage mode of a table is controlled by the ORIENTATION parameter in the table creation statement. row indicates row storage, and column indicates column storage.You", @@ -1769,8 +1778,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Check Whether a GaussDB(DWS) Table Is Row-Stored or Column-Stored?", "uri":"dws_03_2100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"197" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"198" }, { "desc":"The following SQL statements are used to query common information about column-store tables:Create a column-store table named my_table, and insert data into the table.Run", @@ -1778,8 +1787,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Query GaussDB(DWS) Column-Store Table Information?", "uri":"dws_03_2104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"198" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"199" }, { "desc":"Creating indexes for tables can improve database query performance. However, sometimes indexes cannot be used in a query plan. This section describes several common reaso", @@ -1787,8 +1796,8 @@ "title":"Why Is the Index Invalid During GaussDB(DWS) Query?", "uri":"dws_03_2105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"199" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"200" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) currently does not have a built-in CRC32() function. However, if you need to implement the CRC32() function in MySQL, you can rewrite it using a user-defined", @@ -1796,8 +1805,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Use a User-Defined GaussDB(DWS) Function to Rewrite the CRC32() Function?", "uri":"dws_03_2101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"200" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"201" }, { "desc":"When you query the schema list, the query result may contain schemas starting with pg_temp* or pg_toast_temp*, as shown in the following figure.These schemas are created ", @@ -1805,8 +1814,8 @@ "title":"What Is a GaussDB(DWS) Schema Starting with pg_toast_temp* or pg_temp*?", "uri":"dws_03_2106.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"201" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"202" }, { "desc":"In GaussDB(DWS), inconsistencies in the returned results of the same query statement when using SQL queries occur. Such issues are primarily due to improper syntax or usa", @@ -1814,8 +1823,8 @@ "title":"Solutions to Inconsistent GaussDB(DWS) Query Results", "uri":"dws_03_2107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"202" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"203" }, { "desc":"From a functional perspective, VACUUM FULL can be performed on all GaussDB(DWS) system catalogs, which however involves using eight levels of locks, thereby blocking serv", @@ -1823,8 +1832,8 @@ "title":"Which System Catalogs in GaussDB(DWS) Cannot Undergo the VACUUM FULL Operation?", "uri":"dws_03_2108.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"203" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"204" }, { "desc":"When user SQL information is queried in the PGXC_STAT_ACTIVITY view, the statecolumn in the query result sometimes shows idle in transaction. idle in transaction indicate", @@ -1832,8 +1841,8 @@ "title":"In Which Scenarios Will a GaussDB(DWS) Statement Be in the idle in transaction State?", "uri":"dws_03_2109.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"204" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"205" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use SQL statements to convert rows to columns and convert columns to rows in GaussDB(DWS).Use a student score table as an example:Teachers r", @@ -1841,8 +1850,8 @@ "title":"How Does GaussDB(DWS) Implement Row-to-Column and Column-to-Row Conversion?", "uri":"dws_03_2110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"205" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"206" }, { "desc":"The concepts of a unique constraint and a unique index are different.A unique constraint specifies that the values in a column or a group of columns are all unique. If DI", @@ -1850,8 +1859,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Unique Constraints and Unique Indexes?", "uri":"dws_03_1002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"206" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"207" }, { "desc":"Functions and stored procedures are two common objects in database management systems. They have similarities and differences in implementing specific functions. Understa", @@ -1859,8 +1868,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between GaussDB(DWS) Functions and Stored Procedures?", "uri":"dws_03_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"207" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"208" }, { "desc":"When clearing dirty data in the database, you may retain only one piece of duplicate data. In this scenario, you can use the aggregate function or window function.Constru", @@ -1868,8 +1877,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Delete Duplicate Table Data from GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_1004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"208" + "p_code":"188", + "code":"209" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1877,8 +1886,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Management", "uri":"dws_03_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"209" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"210" }, { "desc":"After you delete data stored in GaussDB(DWS) data warehouses, dirty data may be generated possibly because the disk space is not released. This results in disk space wast", @@ -1886,8 +1895,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Clear and Reclaim the GaussDB(DWS) Storage Space?", "uri":"dws_03_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"210" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"211" }, { "desc":"If you do not run the VACUUM command to clear and reclaim the storage space before the scale-out, the data deleted from the data warehouse may not release the occupied di", @@ -1895,8 +1904,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Used Storage Capacity of GaussDB(DWS) Decrease Significantly After Scale-Out?", "uri":"dws_03_0054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"211" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"212" }, { "desc":"Total disk capacity of a GaussDB(DWS) cluster: Taking three data nodes in the cluster as an example, assume each node has a capacity of 320 GB, resulting in a total capac", @@ -1904,8 +1913,8 @@ "title":"How Is the Disk Space or Capacity of GaussDB(DWS) Calculated?", "uri":"dws_03_0090.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"212" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"213" }, { "desc":"After connecting to a database, run the following SQL statement to check the maximum number of concurrent sessions globally:Go to the Cloud Eye console and set the thresh", @@ -1913,8 +1922,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Set the Session Threshold When Creating Alarm Rules for GaussDB(DWS) in Cloud Eye?", "uri":"dws_03_2122.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"213" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"214" }, { "desc":"Coordinator Node (CN) is an important component in GaussDB(DWS) that is most closely related to users. It provides external application interfaces, optimizes global execu", @@ -1922,8 +1931,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Determine Whether to Add CNs to a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster or Scale Out the Cluster?", "uri":"dws_03_2140.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"214" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"215" }, { "desc":"Small-flavor many-node:If your data volume is small and you have requirement for node scaling, but you have limited budget, you can select a small-flavor many-node cluste", @@ -1931,8 +1940,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Choose Between a Small-Specification Multi-Node GaussDB(DWS) Cluster and a Large-Specification Three-Node GaussDB(DWS) Cluster with Identical CPU Cores and Memory?", "uri":"dws_03_3416.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"215" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"216" }, { "desc":"The biggest difference between hot data storage and cold data storage lies in the storage media.Hot data is frequently queried or updated and has high requirements on acc", @@ -1940,8 +1949,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between Hot Data Storage and Cold Data Storage in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_2142.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"216" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"217" }, { "desc":"When a user performs a scale-in operation, the Scale In button is unavailable and the user cannot proceed to the next scale-in operation.The system verifies the cluster's", @@ -1949,8 +1958,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Do If the GaussDB(DWS) Scale-In Button Is Unavailable?", "uri":"dws_03_2149.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"209", - "code":"217" + "p_code":"210", + "code":"218" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1958,8 +1967,8 @@ "title":"Account Permissions", "uri":"dws_03_0110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"218" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"219" }, { "desc":"In GaussDB(DWS), you can isolate workloads through database and schema configurations. The differences are:Databases cannot communicate with each other and share very few", @@ -1967,8 +1976,8 @@ "title":"How Does GaussDB(DWS) Isolate Workloads?", "uri":"dws_03_0200.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"219" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"220" }, { "desc":"Below are the methods for changing the password of a database account:To change the password of the database administrator dbadmin, log in to the console and choose More ", @@ -1976,8 +1985,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Change the Password of a GaussDB(DWS) Database Account When It Expires?", "uri":"dws_03_0092.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"220" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"221" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to grant users the SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, or full permissions of tables to users.Assume there are users u1, u2, u3, u4, and u5 and five schema", @@ -1985,8 +1994,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Grant Table Permissions to a Specified GaussDB(DWS) User?", "uri":"dws_03_0197.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"221" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"222" }, { "desc":"This section explains how to give query permission for schema-level permissions. If you need other permissions, see \"How Do I Grant Table Permissions to a User?\" in FAQ.P", @@ -1994,8 +2003,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Grant the Permissions of a Schema to a Specified GaussDB(DWS) User?", "uri":"dws_03_0196.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"222" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"223" }, { "desc":"In service development, database administrators use schemas to classify data. For example, in the financial industry, liability data belong to schema s1, and asset data b", @@ -2003,8 +2012,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Create a GaussDB(DWS) Database Read-Only User?", "uri":"dws_03_0198.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"223" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"224" }, { "desc":"The system administrator dbadmin has the permission to access tables created by common users by default. When Separation of Permissions is enabled, the administrator dbad", @@ -2012,8 +2021,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Create Private Users and Tables in a GaussDB(DWS) Database?", "uri":"dws_03_0199.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"224" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"225" }, { "desc":"In a service, the permission of user u1 to connect to a database needs to be revoked. After the REVOKE CONNECT ON DATABASE gaussdb FROM u1; command is executed successful", @@ -2021,8 +2030,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Revoke the CONNECT ON DATABASE Permission of a User on GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_0195.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"225" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"226" }, { "desc":"Scenario 1: Run theinformation_schema.table_privilegescommand to view the table permissions of a user. Example:In the preceding figure, user u2 has all permissions of tab", @@ -2030,8 +2039,8 @@ "title":"How Do I View the Table Permissions of a GaussDB(DWS) User?", "uri":"dws_03_0201.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"226" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"227" }, { "desc":"When you run the SELECT * FROM pg_user statement to view the users in the system, you will find the Ruby user with extensive permissions.User Ruby is an official O&M Acco", @@ -2039,8 +2048,8 @@ "title":"Who Is the Ruby User in the GaussDB(DWS) Database?", "uri":"dws_03_0202.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"218", - "code":"227" + "p_code":"219", + "code":"228" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2048,8 +2057,8 @@ "title":"Database Performance", "uri":"dws_03_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"228" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"229" }, { "desc":"After a database is used for a period of time, the table data increases as services grow, or the table data is frequently added, deleted, or modified. As a result, bloati", @@ -2057,8 +2066,8 @@ "title":"Why Is SQL Execution Slow After Using GaussDB(DWS) for a Period of Time?", "uri":"dws_03_0071.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"229" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"230" }, { "desc":"Due to the MPP architecture limitation in GaussDB(DWS), a few PostgreSQL system methods and functions cannot be pushed down to DNs for execution. As a result, performance", @@ -2066,8 +2075,8 @@ "title":"Why Doesn't GaussDB(DWS) Perform Better Than a Single-Node Database in Extreme Scenarios?", "uri":"dws_03_0036.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"230" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"231" }, { "desc":"You can use the top SQL feature to view SQL statements executed in a specified period. SQL statements of the current CN or all CNs can be viewed.Top SQL allows you to vie", @@ -2075,8 +2084,8 @@ "title":"How Do I View SQL Execution Records in a Certain Period When GaussDB(DWS) Read and Write Are Blocked?", "uri":"dws_03_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"231" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"232" }, { "desc":"In different service scenarios, system resources (CPU, memory, I/O, and storage resources) of the database are properly allocated to queries to ensure query performance, ", @@ -2084,8 +2093,8 @@ "title":"GaussDB(DWS) CPU Resource Isolation", "uri":"dws_03_2111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"232" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"233" }, { "desc":"There are three main scenarios where regular GaussDB(DWS) users experience slower execution compared to user dbadmin.Common users often find themselves waiting in various", @@ -2093,8 +2102,8 @@ "title":"Why Do Regular GaussDB(DWS) Users Run Statements Slower Than User dbadmin?", "uri":"dws_03_2112.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"233" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"234" }, { "desc":"GaussDB(DWS) employs the shared-nothing architecture, where data is stored in a distributed manner; consequently, the design of the distribution key, the volume of data s", @@ -2102,8 +2111,17 @@ "title":"Which Factors Affect Single-Table Query Performance in GaussDB(DWS)?", "uri":"dws_03_2114.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"228", - "code":"234" + "p_code":"229", + "code":"235" + }, + { + "desc":"In service queries, the CASE WHEN statement checks conditions. Too many unnecessary CASE WHEN statements in an SQL query can affect performance.In this example, the CASE ", + "product_code":"dws", + "title":"How Do I Optimize a SQL Query with Many CASE WHEN Conditions?", + "uri":"dws_03_2116.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"229", + "code":"236" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2111,8 +2129,8 @@ "title":"Backup and Restoration", "uri":"dws_03_2010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"164", - "code":"235" + "p_code":"165", + "code":"237" }, { "desc":"This happens when the data to be backed up is large. Automated snapshots are incremental backups, and the lower the frequency you set (for example, one week), the longer ", @@ -2120,8 +2138,8 @@ "title":"Why Is It Slow to Create a GaussDB(DWS) Automated Snapshot?", "uri":"dws_03_0059.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"235", - "code":"236" + "p_code":"237", + "code":"238" }, { "desc":"No.GaussDB(DWS) snapshots are used to restore all the configurations and service data of a cluster. EVS snapshots are used to restore the service data of a data disk or s", @@ -2129,8 +2147,8 @@ "title":"Does a GaussDB(DWS) Snapshot Have the Same Function as an EVS Snapshot?", "uri":"dws_03_2131.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"235", - "code":"237" + "p_code":"237", + "code":"239" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2139,6 +2157,6 @@ "uri":"dws_01_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"238" + "code":"240" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00079.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00079.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c44c02fdd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00079.html @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ + + +

Data Warehouse Flavors

+

Flavors for Storage-Compute Coupled Clusters

  • A storage-compute coupled data warehouse using cloud disks with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:8 can be elastically scaled, providing unlimited computing and storage capacity. For details, see Table 1.
  • A storage-compute coupled data warehouse using cloud disks with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:4 provides high-concurrency, high-performance, and low-latency transaction processing capabilities at low costs based on large-scale data query and analysis capabilities. This type of data warehouse is ideal for HTAP hybrid load scenarios. For details about the specifications, see Table 2.
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 1 Cloud disk flavors with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:8 for storage-compute clusters

Flavor

+

CPU Architecture

+

vCPU

+

Memory (GB)

+

Storage Capacity Per Node

+

Default Storage

+

Step (GB)

+

Recommended Storage

+

Number of DNs

+

Scenario

+

dwsx2.xlarge.m7n

+

x86

+

4

+

32

+

20 GB–2,000 GB

+

100

+

10

+

800

+

1

+

Suitable for GaussDB(DWS) starters. These flavors can be used for testing, learning environments, or small-scale analytics systems.

+

dwsx2.2xlarge.m7n

+

x86

+

8

+

64

+

100 GB–4,000 GB

+

200

+

100

+

1600

+

1

+

Suitable for internal data warehousing and report analysis in small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

+

dwsx2.4xlarge.m7n

+

x86

+

16

+

128

+

100 GB–8,000 GB

+

400

+

100

+

3200

+

1

+

dwsx2.8xlarge.m7n

+

x86

+

32

+

256

+

100 GB–16,000 GB

+

800

+

100

+

6400

+

2

+

Recommended for the production environment. These flavors are applicable to OLAP systems that have to deal with large data volumes, BI reports, and data visualizations on large screens for most companies.

+

dwsx2.16xlarge.m7n

+

x86

+

64

+

512

+

100 GB–32,000 GB

+

1600

+

100

+

12800

+

4

+

These flavors can deliver excellent performance and are applicable to high-throughput data warehouse processing and high-concurrency online query.

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 2 Cloud disk flavors with a vCPU to memory ratio of 1:4 for storage-compute clusters

Flavor

+

CPU Architecture

+

vCPU

+

Memory (GB)

+

Storage Capacity Per Node

+

Step (GB)

+

Number of DNs

+

Scenario

+

dwsx2.h.xlarge.4.c7n

+

x86

+

4

+

16

+

20 GB–2,000 GB

+

20

+

1

+

Suitable for GaussDB(DWS) starters. These flavors can be used for testing, learning environments, or small-scale analytics systems.

+

dwsx2.h.2xlarge.4.c7n

+

x86

+

8

+

32

+

100 GB–4,000 GB

+

100

+

1

+

Suitable for internal data warehousing and report analysis in small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

+

dwsx2.h.4xlarge.4.c7n

+

x86

+

16

+

64

+

100 GB–8,000 GB

+

100

+

1

+

Recommended for the production environment. These flavors are applicable to OLAP systems that have to deal with large data volumes, BI reports, and data visualizations on large screens for most companies.

+

dwsx2.h.8xlarge.4.c7n

+

x86

+

32

+

128

+

100 GB–16,000 GB

+

100

+

2

+

dwsx2.h.16xlarge.4.c7n

+

x86

+

64

+

256

+

100 GB–32,000 GB

+

100

+

4

+

These flavors can deliver excellent performance and are applicable to high-throughput data warehouse processing and high-concurrency online query.

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Parent topic: Service Overview
+
+
+ diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0010.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0010.html index 7964feda3..25a6addc1 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0010.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0010.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

Limit

-

Description

+

Description

diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00113.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00113.html index 5cb994ba4..f7801fd92 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00113.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00113.html @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

2048

-
  • Storage-compute integration: 2048
  • Decoupled storage and compute: The multi-VW technology is used to support up to 256 VWs, each with up to 1024 DNs. It is recommended that you limit VWs to 32 or fewer and DNs to 128 or fewer per VW.
+
  • Storage-compute integration: 2048
  • Decoupled storage and compute: The multi-VW technology is used to support up to 256 VWs, each with up to 1,024 DNs. It is recommended that you limit VWs to 32 or fewer and DNs to 128 or fewer per VW. The total number of DNs of all VWs cannot exceed 2,048.

Number of concurrent connections

diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0013.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0013.html index 2118d68b9..d1728d6a5 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0013.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0013.html @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

  • Configure the enterprise project to which the cluster belongs. You can configure this parameter only when the Enterprise Project Management service is enabled. The default value is default.

    An enterprise project facilitates project-level management and grouping of cloud resources and users.

    You can select the default enterprise project default or other existing enterprise projects. To create an enterprise project, log in to the Enterprise Management console. For details, see Enterprise Management User Guide.

  • Select Default for Advanced Settings in this example.

    • Default: indicates that the following advanced settings use the default configurations.
      • CNs: Three CNs are deployed by default.
      • Tag: By default, no tag is added to the cluster.
      -
    • Custom: Select this option to configure the following advanced parameters: Automated Snapshot, CNs, Tag
    +
  • Custom: Select this option to configure advanced parameters Automated Snapshot, Tag, and CNs.

  • Click Create Now. The Confirm page is displayed.
  • Click Submit.

    After the submission is successful, the creation starts. Click Back to Cluster List. The Dedicated Clusters page is displayed. The initial status of the cluster is Creating. Cluster creation takes some time. Wait for a while. Clusters in the Available state are ready for use.

    • diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00134.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00134.html index 87a4acb94..65ce64fa9 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00134.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00134.html @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  • topsql_retention_time
    • Value range: an integer ranging from 0 to 3650, in days
    • Default value: 30
    • Expected DMS value: 14 (for reference only)
    • Function: Specifies the aging time of pgxc_wlm_session_info data in the view.

      If this parameter is set to 0, data will not be aged, which will cause storage expansion.

    -
  • enable_resource_record
    • Value range: boolean
    • Default value: on
    • Expected DMS value: on (for reference only)
    • Function: Specifies whether to enable the archiving function for resource monitoring records. When this function is enabled, records in the history views (GS_WLM_SESSION_HISTORY and GS_WLM_OPERATOR_HISTORY) are archived to the info views (GS_WLM_SESSION_INFO and GS_WLM_OPERATOR_INFO) every 3 minutes. After the archiving, records in the history views are deleted.

      When this parameter is enabled, you are advised to set topsql_retention_time properly to configure the aging time. Otherwise, data in the GS_WLM_SESSION_INFO or GS_WLM_OPERATOR_INFO table will expand.

      +
    • enable_resource_record
      • Value range: boolean
      • Default value: on
      • Expected DMS value: on (for reference only)
      • Function: Specifies whether to enable the archiving function for resource monitoring records. When this function is enabled, records in the history views (GS_WLM_SESSION_HISTORY and GS_WLM_OPERATOR_HISTORY) are archived to the info views (GS_WLM_SESSION_INFO and GS_WLM_OPERATOR_INFO) every 3 minutes. After the archiving, records in the history views are deleted.

        When this parameter is enabled, you are advised to set topsql_retention_time properly to configure the aging time. Otherwise, data in the GS_WLM_SESSION_INFO or GS_WLM_OPERATOR_INFO table will expand.

    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00136.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00136.html index bdd3e5f74..deaafab50 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00136.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_00136.html @@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@

    ≥ 0

    -

    Maximum spilled data among all DNs when a spill occurs. The unit is MB. The default value is 0.

    +

    Maximum spilled data among all DNs when a spill occurs. The unit is MB. The default value is 0.

    ≥ 0

    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0019.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0019.html index b35a6387e..9ae1cd027 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0019.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0019.html @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@

  • Click Next: Configure Network.
  • Configure the network.

    -

    Table 2 Network parameters

    Parameter

    +
    - - @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
    NOTE:

    If the quotas of the security group and the security group rule are insufficient, an error message will be displayed after you submit the cluster creation application. Select an existing group and retry.

  • Manual creation

    You can also log in to the VPC management console to manually create a security group. Then, go back to the page for creating data warehouse clusters, click next to the Security Group drop-down list to refresh the page, and select the new security group.

    -

    To enable the GaussDB(DWS) client to connect to the cluster, you need to add an inbound rule to the new security group to grant the access permission to the database port of the GaussDB(DWS) cluster. The following is an example of an inbound rule..

    +

    To enable the GaussDB(DWS) client to connect to the cluster, you need to add an inbound rule to the new security group to grant the access permission to the database port of the GaussDB(DWS) cluster. The following is an example of an inbound rule.

    • Protocol: TCP
    • Port: 8000. Use the database port set when creating the GaussDB(DWS) cluster. This port is used for receiving client connections to GaussDB(DWS).
    • Source: Select IP address and use the host IP address of the client host, for example, 192.168.0.10/32.

    After a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is created, you can change the security group. You can also add, delete, or modify security group rules in the current security group. For details, see "Modifying a Security Group". Changing the security group of a cluster may cause brief service disruption. Exercise caution when performing this operation. For better network performance, do not select more than five security groups.

    • @@ -137,11 +137,11 @@
    Table 2 Network parameters

    Parameter

    Description

    +

    Description

    Example Value

    +

    Example Value

  • Click Next: Configure Advanced Settings.
  • Configure cluster parameters.

    -

    Table 3 Cluster parameters

    Parameter

    +
    - - @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
    Table 3 Cluster parameters

    Parameter

    Description

    +

    Description

    Example Value

    +

    Example Value

    Key

    The options are as follows:

    -
    • Select a predefined tag key or an existing resource tag key from the drop-down list of the text box.
      NOTE:

      To add a predefined tag, you need to create one on TMS and select it from the drop-down list of Tag key. You can click View predefined tags to enter the Predefined Tags page of TMS. Then, click Create Tag to create a predefined tag. For more information, see "Predefined Tags" > "Creating Predefined Tags" in the Tag Management Service User Guide.

      +
      • Select a predefined tag key or an existing resource tag key from the drop-down list of the text box.
        NOTE:

        To add a predefined tag, you need to create one on TMS and select it from the drop-down list of Tag key. You can click View predefined tags to enter the Predefined Tags page of TMS. Then, click Create Tag to create a predefined tag. For more information, see "Predefined Tags" > "Creating Predefined Tags" in the Tag Management Service User Guide.

      • Enter a tag key in the text box. A tag key can contain a maximum of 128 characters. It cannot be an empty string or start or end with a space.
        The value cannot contain the following characters: *<>\,|/
        NOTE:

        A key must be unique in a given cluster.

        diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0020.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0020.html index 904a7a5a0..64f5f34ea 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0020.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0020.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

        Checking the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Status

        Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and you can view the general information about a cluster in the displayed cluster list, such as the cluster status, task information, recent events, and node specifications.

        Querying General Information of a Cluster

        Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console. In the navigation pane, choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters. The cluster list displays all clusters. If there are a large number of clusters, you can turn pages to view the clusters in any status.

        -

        In the upper part of the cluster list, click the search box and search for the required cluster based on the filter criteria (cluster name, cluster status, cluster version, task information, node specifications, recent events, and enterprise project). Click to refresh the cluster list. You can also click Search by Tag to search for clusters based on cluster tags. For details, see Searching for Clusters Based on Tags.

        +

        In the upper part of the cluster list, click the search box and search for the required cluster based on the filter criteria (cluster name, cluster status, cluster version, task information, node specifications, recent events, and enterprise project). Click to refresh the cluster list. You can also click Search by Tag to search for clusters based on cluster tags. For details, see Searching for Clusters Based on Tags.

        Clusters are listed in chronological order by default, with the most recent clusters displayed at the top. Table 1 describes the cluster list parameters.

        Table 1 Cluster list parameters

        Parameter

        diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0021.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0021.html index 4e374a53b..dd9fbc100 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0021.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0021.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

        Viewing Snapshot Information

        This section describes how to view snapshot information on the Snapshots page.

        Viewing Snapshot Information

        1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
        2. In the navigation pane, choose Management > Snapshot.

          In the snapshot list, all snapshots are displayed by default.

          -

        3. You can view the Snapshot Name, Snapshot Status, Cluster Name, Backup Mode, Snapshot Type, Storage Media, Snapshot Level, and creation time of snapshots.

          You can also enter a snapshot name or cluster name in the upper right corner of the snapshot list and click to search for the specified snapshot. GaussDB(DWS) supports fuzzy search.

          +

        4. You can view the Snapshot Name, Snapshot Status, Cluster Name, Backup Mode, Snapshot Type, Storage Media, Snapshot Level, and creation time of snapshots.

          You can also enter a snapshot name or cluster name in the upper right corner of the snapshot list and click to search for the specified snapshot. GaussDB(DWS) supports fuzzy search.

          Table 1 describes snapshot status.

          Table 1 Snapshot status

          Status

          @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

          The following table describes the snapshot types.

          -
          Table 3 Type

          Type

          +
          diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0022.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0022.html index 924878fb8..abeb2d505 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0022.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0022.html @@ -8,327 +8,418 @@

          Cluster Monitoring Metrics

          With the GaussDB(DWS) monitoring metrics provided by Cloud Eye, you can obtain information about the cluster running status and performance. This information will provide a better understanding of the node-level information.

          Table 1 describes GaussDB(DWS) monitoring metrics.

          -
          Table 3 Type

          Type

          Description

          Table 1 GaussDB(DWS) monitoring metrics

          Metric ID

          +
          - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + - - - - - - + + @@ -468,7 +559,7 @@
        5. Configure the alarm notification parameters as prompted.
          6. Table 1 GaussDB(DWS) monitoring metrics

          Metric ID

          Name

          +

          Name

          Description

          +

          Description

          Value Range

          +

          Value Range

          Monitored Object

          +

          Unit

          Monitoring Period (Raw Data)

          +

          Conversion Rule

          +

          Monitored Object & Dimension

          +

          Monitoring Period (Raw Data)

          dws001_shared_buffer_hit_ratio

          +

          dws001_shared_buffer_hit_ratio

          Cache Hit Ratio

          +

          Cache Hit Ratio

          Ratio of requested data that already exists in the cache. It is the ratio of the amount of data that already exists in the cache to the total amount of requested data. A higher cache hit ratio means higher cache usage of the system, fewer times that data needs to be read from the disk or network, and faster system response speed. Unit: Percent

          +

          Ratio of requested data that already exists in the cache. It is the ratio of the amount of data that already exists in the cache to the total amount of requested data. A higher cache hit ratio means higher cache usage of the system, fewer times that data needs to be read from the disk or network, and faster system response speed.

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          %

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws002_in_memory_sort_ratio

          +

          dws002_in_memory_sort_ratio

          In-memory Sort Ratio

          +

          In-memory Sort Ratio

          Ratio of the extra memory space used by the sorting algorithm to the memory space occupied by the sorted data. In a merge sort, for example, the size of the merge buffer is often proportional to the size of the sorted data, so the in-memory ratio is usually between 10% and 50%. Unit: Percent

          +

          Ratio of the extra memory space used by the sorting algorithm to the memory space occupied by the sorted data. In a merge sort, for example, the size of the merge buffer is often proportional to the size of the sorted data, so the in-memory ratio is usually between 10% and 50%.

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          %

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws003_physical_reads

          +

          dws003_physical_reads

          File Reads

          +

          File Reads

          Total number of database file reads

          +

          Total number of database file reads

          > 0

          +

          > 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws004_physical_writes

          +

          dws004_physical_writes

          File Writes

          +

          File Writes

          Total number of database file writes

          +

          Total number of database file writes

          > 0

          +

          > 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws005_physical_reads_per_second

          +

          dws005_physical_reads_per_second

          File Reads per Second

          +

          File Reads per Second

          Number of database file reads per second

          +

          Number of database file reads per second

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count/s

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws006_physical_writes_per_second

          +

          dws006_physical_writes_per_second

          File Writes per Second

          +

          File Writes per Second

          Number of database file writes per second

          +

          Number of database file writes per second

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count/s

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws007_db_size

          +

          dws007_db_size

          Data Volume

          +

          Data Volume

          Total size of data in the database, in MB

          +

          Total data volume of the database

          ≥ 0 MB

          +

          ≥ 0 MB

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          MB

          4 minutes

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws008_active_sql_count

          +

          dws008_active_sql_count

          Active SQL Count

          +

          Active SQL Count

          Number of active SQLs in the database

          +

          Number of active SQLs in the database

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws009_session_count

          +

          dws009_session_count

          Session Count

          +

          Session Count

          Number of sessions that access the database

          +

          Number of sessions that access the database

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          count

          4 minutes

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse cluster

          +

          4 minutes

          dws010_cpu_usage

          +

          dws010_cpu_usage

          CPU Usage

          +

          CPU Usage

          CPU usage of each node in a cluster, in percentage

          +

          CPU usage of each node in the cluster

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse node

          +

          %

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws011_mem_usage

          +

          dws011_mem_usage

          Memory Usage

          +

          Memory Usage

          Memory usage of each node in a cluster, in percentage

          +

          Memory usage of each node in a cluster, in percentage

          NOTE:

          After the console is upgraded to 8.3.0.202, the memory usage includes the memory occupied by the cache. Therefore, the value of this metric increases compared with that before the upgrade.

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse node

          +

          %

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws012_iops

          +

          dws012_iops

          IOPS

          +

          IOPS

          Number of I/O requests processed by each node in the cluster per second

          +

          Number of I/O requests processed by each node in the cluster per second

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse node

          +

          count/s

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws013_bytes_in

          +

          dws013_bytes_in

          Network Input Throughput

          +

          Network Input Throughput

          Data input to each node in the cluster per second over the network

          -

          Unit: byte/s

          +

          Data input to each node in the cluster per second over the network

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          +

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          byte/s

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws014_bytes_out

          +

          dws014_bytes_out

          Network Output Throughput

          +

          Network Output Throughput

          Data sent to the network per second from each node in the cluster

          -

          Unit: byte/s

          +

          Data sent to the network per second from each node in the cluster

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          +

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          byte/s

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws015_disk_usage

          +

          dws015_disk_usage

          Disk Usage

          +

          Disk Usage

          Disk usage of each node in a cluster, in percentage

          +

          Disk usage of each node in the cluster

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse node

          +

          %

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws016_disk_total_size

          +

          dws016_disk_total_size

          Total Disk Size

          +

          Total Disk Size

          Total disk space of each node in the cluster

          -

          Unit: GB

          +

          Total disk space of each node in the cluster

          +

          100 to 2,000 GB

          +

          100 to 2,000 GB

          Data warehouse node

          +

          GB

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws017_disk_used_size

          +

          dws017_disk_used_size

          Used Disk Space

          +

          Used Disk Space

          Used disk space of each node in the cluster

          -

          Unit: GB

          +

          Used disk space of each node in the cluster

          +

          0 to 3,600 GB

          +

          0 to 3,600 GB

          Data warehouse node

          +

          GB

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws018_disk_read_throughput

          +

          dws018_disk_read_throughput

          Disk Read Throughput

          +

          Disk Read Throughput

          Data volume read from each disk in the cluster per second

          -

          Unit: byte/s

          +

          Data volume read from each disk in the cluster per second

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          +

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          byte/s

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws019_disk_write_throughput

          +

          dws019_disk_write_throughput

          Disk Write Throughput

          +

          Disk Write Throughput

          Data volume written to each disk in the cluster per second

          -

          Unit: byte/s

          +

          Data volume written to each disk in the cluster per second

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          +

          ≥ 0 bytes/s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          byte/s

          1 minute

          +

          1024(IEC)

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws020_avg_disk_sec_per_read

          +

          dws020_avg_disk_sec_per_read

          Average Time per Disk Read

          +

          Average Time per Disk Read

          Average time used each time when a disk reads data

          -

          Unit: second

          +

          Average time used each time when a disk reads data

          > 0s

          +

          > 0s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          Second

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws021_avg_disk_sec_per_write

          +

          dws021_avg_disk_sec_per_write

          Average Time per Disk Write

          +

          Average Time per Disk Write

          Average time used each time when data is written to a disk

          -

          Unit: second

          +

          Average time used each time when data is written to a disk

          +

          > 0s

          +

          > 0s

          Data warehouse node

          +

          Second

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws022_avg_disk_queue_length

          +

          dws022_avg_disk_queue_length

          Average Disk Queue Length

          +

          Average Disk Queue Length

          Average I/O queue length of a disk

          +

          Average I/O queue length of a disk

          ≥ 0

          +

          ≥ 0

          Data warehouse node

          +

          count

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse node

          +

          1 minute

          dws_024_dn_diskio_util

          +

          dws_024_dn_diskio_util

          DN I/O usage

          +

          DN I/O usage

          Average disk I/O usage of DNs in a cluster

          +

          Average disk I/O usage of DNs in a cluster

          0% to 100%

          +

          0% to 100%

          Data warehouse instance

          +

          %

          1 minute

          +

          N/A

          +

          Data warehouse instance

          +

          1 minute
          - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0023.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0023.html index 1e3d7a8c1..5b2a439b3 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0023.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0023.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

        6. Specify the number of nodes to be added.

          • DNs are added during scale-out. For details about how to add CNs, see Adding or Deleting a CN in a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster.
          • The number of nodes after scale-out must be at least three nodes more than the original number. The maximum number of nodes that can be added depends on the available quota. In addition, the number of nodes after the scale-out cannot exceed 256.

            If the node quota is insufficient, click Increase quota to submit a service ticket and apply for higher node quota.

          • Flavor of the new nodes must be the same as that of existing nodes in the cluster.
          • The VPC and security group of the cluster with new nodes added are the same as those of the original cluster.
          -

        7. Configure advanced parameters.

          • If you choose Default, Auto Redistribution will be enabled and Redistribution Mode will be Offline by default.
          • If you choose Custom, you can configure the following advanced configuration parameters for scale-out:
            • Auto Redistribution: Automatic redistribution can be enabled. If automatic redistribution is enabled, data will be redistributed immediately after the scale-out is complete. If this function is disabled, only the scale-out is performed. In this case, to redistribute data, select a cluster and choose More > Scale Node > Redistribute.
            • Redistribution Concurrency: If automatic redistribution is enabled, you can set the number of concurrent redistribution tasks. The value range is 1 to 200. The default value is 4.
            • Auto Redistribution: Select Offline.
            +

          • Configure advanced parameters.

            • If you choose Default, Auto Redistribution will be enabled and Redistribution Mode will be Offline by default.
            • If you choose Custom, you can configure the following advanced configuration parameters for scale-out:
              • Auto Redistribution: Automatic redistribution can be enabled. If automatic redistribution is enabled, data will be redistributed immediately after the scale-out is complete. If this function is disabled, only the scale-out is performed. In this case, to redistribute data, select a cluster and choose More > Scale Node > Redistribute.
              • Redistribution Concurrency: If automatic redistribution is enabled, you can set the number of concurrent redistribution tasks. The value range is 1 to 200. The default value is 4.
              • Auto Redistribution: Select Offline.

          • Confirm the settings, select the confirmation check box, and click Next: Confirm.
          • Click Submit.

            • After you submit the scale-out application, task information of the cluster changes to Scaling out and the process will take several minutes.
            • During the scale-out, the cluster automatically restarts. Therefore, the cluster status will stay Unavailable for a while. After the cluster is restarted, the status will change to Available.
            • After the scale-out is complete, the system dynamically redistributes user data in the cluster, during which the cluster is in the Read-only state.
            • A cluster is successfully scaled out only when the cluster is in the Available state and task information Scaling out is not displayed. Then you can use the cluster.
            • If Scale-out failed is displayed, the cluster fails to be scaled out.

            • diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0024.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0024.html index 0bfc5285d..2d967660e 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0024.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0024.html @@ -16,22 +16,22 @@
            • If the current console does not support this feature, contact technical support.
            • After the cluster is stopped, ECS basic resources (vCPUs and memory) are no longer reserved. When you start the service again, it may fail to be started due to insufficient resources. In this case, wait for a while and try again later.

            Procedure

            -
            1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
            2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
            3. On the Dedicated Clusters page, locate the row that contains the target dedicated cluster, click More > Stop in the Operation column.
            4. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

              The Task Information of the cluster changes to Stopping. If the Cluster Status changes to Stopped, the cluster is stopped successfully.

              +
              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. On the Dedicated Clusters page, locate the row that contains the target dedicated cluster, click More > Stop in the Operation column.
              4. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

                The Task Information of the cluster changes to Stopping. If the Cluster Status changes to Stopped, the cluster is stopped successfully.

              Starting a Cluster

              You can start a stopped cluster to restore cluster services.

              If the current console does not support this feature, contact technical support.

              Procedure

              -
              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. On the Dedicated Clusters page, locate the row that contains the target dedicated cluster, click More > Start in the Operation column.
              4. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

                The Task Information of the cluster changes to Starting. If the Cluster Status changes to Available, the cluster is started successfully.

                +
                1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
                3. On the Dedicated Clusters page, locate the row that contains the target dedicated cluster, click More > Start in the Operation column.
                4. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

                  The Task Information of the cluster changes to Starting. If the Cluster Status changes to Available, the cluster is started successfully.

              Deleting a Cluster

              If you do not need to use a cluster, perform the operations in this section to delete it.

              -

              Impact on the System

              +

              Impact on the System

              Deleted clusters cannot be recovered. Additionally, you cannot access user data and automated snapshots in a deleted cluster because the data and snapshots are automatically deleted. If you delete a cluster, its manual snapshots will not be deleted.

              -

              Procedure

              +

              Procedure

              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner of the management console to select a region.
              3. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and locate the cluster to be deleted.
              4. In the row of a cluster, choose More > Delete.
              5. In the displayed dialog box, confirm the deletion. You can determine whether to perform the following operations:

                • Create a snapshot for the cluster.

                  If the cluster status is normal, click Create Snapshot. On the snapshot list page, click Create Snapshot to create a snapshot for the cluster to be deleted. For details, see Manual Snapshots. In the row of a cluster, choose More > Delete.

                • Delete associated resources.
                  • Release the EIP bound to a cluster.

                    If an EIP is bound to the cluster, you are advised to select EIP to release the EIP of the cluster to be deleted.

                  • Delete automated snapshots.
                  • Delete manual snapshots.

                    If you have created a manual snapshot, you can select Manual Snapshot to delete it.

                    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0031.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0031.html index 0c75878f2..2fc8041c9 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0031.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0031.html @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
          8. Table 4 Configuring alarm notifications

          Parameter

          Description

          +

          Description

          Example Value
        8. The following table describes the files and folders in the Windows gsql tool package. -
          Table 2 Files and folders in the Windows gsql tool package

          File or Folder

          +
          - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0035.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0035.html index 412e5bcd1..acd56a11d 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0035.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0035.html @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@

        9. In the row containing the cluster whose cluster status is Read-only, click Cancel Read-only.
        10. In the dialog box that is displayed, click OK to confirm and remove the read-only status for the cluster.

          11. Performing a Primary/Standby Switchback

          In the Unbalanced state, the number of primary instances on some nodes increases. As a result, the load pressure is high. In this case, the cluster is normal, but the overall performance is not as good as that in a balanced state. Restore the primary-standby relationship to recover the cluster to the available state.

          -
          • Only and later versions support primary/standby cluster restoration.
          • Cluster restoration interrupts services for a short period of time. The interruption duration depends on the service volume. You are advised to perform this operation during off-peak hours.
          +
          • Only 8.1.1.202 and later versions support primary/standby cluster restoration.
          • Cluster restoration interrupts services for a short period of time. The interruption duration depends on the service volume. You are advised to perform this operation during off-peak hours.
          1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
          2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and locate the cluster whose load is unbalanced.
          3. In the Cluster Status column of the cluster, click Fix under Unbalanced.

            diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0059.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0059.html index d15e302c6..15a83e6f4 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0059.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0059.html @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
          Table 2 Files and folders in the Windows gsql tool package

          File or Folder

          Description

          +

          Description
          -
          Table 2 Parameters of the MRS Account mode

          Parameter

          +
          - @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@
          Table 2 Parameters of the MRS Account mode

          Parameter

          Description

          +

          Description
          -
          Table 3 Parameters of the File upload mode

          Parameter

          +
          - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0070.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0070.html index b8321af9e..4646cc318 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0070.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0070.html @@ -8,7 +8,14 @@ - + + +
          Table 3 Parameters of the File upload mode

          Parameter

          Description

          +

          Description

          2025-04-03

          +

          2025-07-01

          +

          This issue is the twentieth official release for cluster version 9.1.0.211.

          +

          Modified the following content:

          + +

          2025-04-03

          This issue is the nineteenth official release for cluster version 9.1.0.211.

          Added the following functions:

          diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0075.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0075.html index f1d7f2019..8e635765e 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0075.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0075.html @@ -358,15 +358,15 @@ public PreparedStatement prepareStatement(String sql, int resultSetType, int res

        11. Add the JDBC, HikariCP, and SLF4J driver packages to the project and configure parameters related to the database connection pool.

          - - - @@ -574,9 +574,9 @@ public PreparedStatement prepareStatement(String sql, int resultSetType, int res

        12. Add the JDBC and Druid driver packages to the project and configure parameters related to the database connection pool.

          13. Table 2 Hikari CP connection pool parameters

          Parameter

          Default Value

          +

          Default Value

          Description

          +

          Description

          driverClassName

          Enter the value of org.postgresql.Driver.

          +

          Enter the value of org.postgresql.Driver.

          Name of the database driver.

          - - @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ public PreparedStatement prepareStatement(String sql, int resultSetType, int res - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0089.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0089.html index 8a9348235..4d2a6b37b 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0089.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0089.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

          Configuring an Automated Snapshot Policy

          -

          You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or twenty snapshot policies at the schema level for a cluster.

          +

          You can choose the type of snapshot you need and configure either one or three automated snapshot policies at the cluster level, as well as one or 20 snapshot policies at the schema level for a cluster.

          After an automated snapshot policy is enabled, the system automatically creates snapshots based on the time, period, and snapshot type you configured.

          Procedure

          1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
          2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
          3. In the cluster list, click the name of the target cluster. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
          4. Click Snapshots and click Policy List. All policies of the current cluster are displayed on the Policy List page. Toggle on Snapshot Policy.
          5. (Optional) Click Automated Snapshot to enable the snapshot policy.

            • indicates that the policy is enabled (default). The default retention period is seven days.
            • indicates that the policy is disabled. Once disabled, snapshots will not be automatically created.

          6. Set the retention mode and the backup device used by the current cluster for automated snapshots. For more information, see Table 1.

            @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@

          Table 3 Druid connection pool parameters

          Parameter

          Default Value

          +

          Default Value

          Description

          +

          Description

          driverClassName

          Enter the value of org.postgresql.Driver.

          +

          Enter the value of org.postgresql.Driver.

          Name of the database driver.
          -

        13. After automated snapshot is enabled, you can configure its parameters. For more information, see Table 2.

          • If you choose a cluster-level or schema-level full snapshot, you can either create a one-time snapshot or set up periodic snapshots. For schema-level full snapshots, you need to select the database associated with the schema. You can back up one or up to 20 schemas at a time.
            • To schedule periodic full snapshots, you can specify a day of the week or a specific date, and choose a specific time for the snapshot to be triggered.
              • Exercise caution when selecting the 29th, 30th, or 31st as end dates for a month, as this may result in missing data. The specific policy and execution are subject to the actual month and date.
              • The snapshot policy time is the local time.
              +

            • After automated snapshot is enabled, you can configure its parameters. For more information, see Table 2.

              • If you choose a cluster-level or schema-level full snapshot, you can either create a one-time snapshot or set up periodic snapshots. For schema-level full snapshots, you need to select the database associated with the schema. You can back up one or up to 20 schemas at a time.
                • Set a cluster-level or schema-level full periodic snapshot policy. You can specify a week or date and select a triggering time point.
                  • Exercise caution when selecting the 29th, 30th, or 31st as end dates for a month, as this may result in missing data. The specific policy and execution are subject to the actual month and date.
                  • The snapshot policy time is the local time.
                • Set a cluster-level or schema-level one-time full snapshot policy. Specify the desired date and time for the snapshot to be triggered.
                -
              • Incremental cluster-level or schema-level snapshots can be set only to Periodic.

                You can configure an incremental periodic snapshot policy at the cluster or schema level. Specify a target week or date, along with the trigger time, start time, and interval for the snapshot.

                +
              • Incremental cluster-level or schema-level snapshots can be set only to Periodic.

                You can configure an incremental periodic snapshot policy at the cluster or schema level. Specify a target week or date, along with the trigger time, start time, and interval for the snapshot.

              Table 2 Snapshot policy parameters

              Parameter

              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0094.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0094.html index 94d9fa13c..6fedb4b9a 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0094.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0094.html @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

            • Decompress the downloaded client software package (32-bit or 64-bit) to the installation directory.
            • Open the installation directory and double-click Data Studio.exe to start the Data Studio client. See Figure 1.

              Figure 1 Starting the client

              If your computer blocks the running of the application, you can unlock the Data Studio.exe file to start the application.

              -

            • Choose File > New Connection from the main menu. See Figure 2.

              Figure 2 New connection
              +

            • Choose File > New Connection from the main menu. See Figure 2.

              Figure 2 New connection

            • In the displayed New Database Connection window, enter the connection parameters.

              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0099.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0099.html index eb2454d80..980e7b3e0 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0099.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0099.html @@ -333,14 +333,14 @@
              Table 1 Connection parameters

              Field
              -
            • The following table lists the events whose Event Source Category is Snapshot. -
              Table 2 Events whose Event Source Category is Snapshot

              Event Type

              +
            • The following table lists the events whose Event Source Category is Snapshot. +
              - - - @@ -395,11 +395,11 @@
            • The following table lists the events whose Event Source Category is DR.
              • Table 2 Events whose Event Source Category is Snapshot

              Event Type

              Event Name

              +

              Event Name

              Event Severity

              +

              Event Severity

              Event

              +

              Event
              - - - @@ -623,13 +623,13 @@
              Table 3 Events whose Event Source Category is DR.

              Event Type

              Event Name

              +

              Event Name

              Event Severity

              +

              Event Severity

              Event

              +

              Event
            • The following table lists the events whose event source type is data migration. -
              Table 4 Events whose event source type is data migration

              Event Type

              +
              - - - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0101.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0101.html index c44e31ae9..7a554067c 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0101.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0101.html @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0105.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0105.html index 579a71417..c26897827 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0105.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0105.html @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

              Modifying a Tag

              1. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters, click the name of the cluster to which a tag is to be added, and click Tag.
              2. Locate the row that contains the tag to be modified, and click Edit in the Operation column. The Edit Tag dialog box is displayed.
              3. Enter the new key value in the Value text box.
              4. Click OK.
              -

              Deleting a Tag

              1. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters, click the name of the cluster from which a tag is to be deleted, and click Tag.
              2. Locate the row that contains the tag to be deleted, click Delete in the Operation column. The Delete Tag dialog box is displayed.
              3. After confirming that the information is correct, enter DELETE or click Auto Enter and click OK to delete the tag.
              +

              Deleting a Tag

              1. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters, click the name of the cluster from which a tag is to be deleted, and click Tag.
              2. Locate the row that contains the tag to be deleted, click Delete in the Operation column. The Delete Tag dialog box is displayed.
              3. After confirming that the information is correct, enter DELETE or click Auto Enter and click OK to delete the tag.
              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0112.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0112.html index b27e4b2ff..27bb0d2b4 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0112.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0112.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0140.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0140.html index ca8bf7d35..9975fa724 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0140.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0140.html @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

              Modifying a Public Network Domain Name

              If you bind an EIP during cluster creation, the public network domain name is automatically generated. After a cluster is created, you can modify the public network domain name as required.

              To modify the public network domain name, perform the following steps:

              -
              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. In the cluster list, find the target cluster and click the cluster name. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
              4. Click Modify next to the Public Network Domain Name in the Connection area.
              5. In the Modify Public Network Domain Name dialog box, enter the target domain name and click OK.
              +
              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. In the cluster list, find the target cluster and click the cluster name. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
              4. Click Modify next to the Public Network Domain Name in the Connection area.
              5. In the Modify Public Network Domain Name dialog box, enter the target domain name and click OK.

              Releasing a Public Network Domain Name

              After a cluster is created, you can release unnecessary public network domain names.

              To do so, perform the following steps:

              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0142.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0142.html index 8020389dd..7eab63725 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0142.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0142.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

              By default, only cloud accounts or users with Security Administrator permissions can query and create agencies. IAM users under an account do not have the permission to query or create agencies by default. Contact a user with that permission and complete the authorization on the current page.

              • OBS Bucket: name of the OBS bucket for storing kernel audit data. If no OBS bucket is available, click View OBS Bucket to access the OBS console and create one. For details, see "Console Operation Guide" > "Managing Buckets" > "Creating a Bucket" in the Object Storage Service User Guide.
              • Kernel OBS Path: user-defined directory for storing kernel logs on OBS. Different directory levels are separated by forward slashes (/). The value is a string containing 1 to 50 characters, which cannot start with a forward slash (/). If the entered OBS path does not exist, the system creates one and dumps data to it.
              -

            • Click Apply.

              If Configuration Status is Applying, the system is saving the settings.

              +

            • Click Apply.

              If Configuration Status is Applying, the system is saving the settings.

              When the status changes to Synchronized, the configurations are saved and take effect.

            • After the kernel audit log dump function is enabled, you can use the pg_query_audit function to view the dumped logs. For details, see Using Functions to View Database Audit Logs.

              Alternatively, select the OBS bucket and folder where logs are stored to view the log files. For details, see 6.

              • @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

              Disabling Audit Log Dump/Kernel Audit Log Dump

              After the audit log dump or kernel audit log dump is enabled, you can disable it if you no longer need to dump audit logs or kernel audit logs to OBS.

              -
              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. Click the name of the cluster for which you want to disable Audit Log Dump or Kernel Audit Log Dump. In the navigation pane, choose Security Settings.
              4. In the audit configuration area, toggle the audit log dump/kernel audit log dump function off.
              5. Click Apply.

                If Configuration Status is Applying, the system is saving the settings.

                +
                1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
                3. Click the name of the cluster for which you want to disable Audit Log Dump or Kernel Audit Log Dump. In the navigation pane, choose Security Settings.
                4. In the audit configuration area, toggle the audit log dump/kernel audit log dump function off.
                5. Click Apply.

                  If Configuration Status is Applying, the system is saving the settings.

                  When the status changes to Synchronized, the configurations are saved and take effect.

              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0149.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0149.html index 98d60e747..966359232 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0149.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0149.html @@ -1760,6 +1760,54 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
              Table 4 Events whose event source type is data migration

              Event Type

              Event Name

              +

              Event Name

              Event Severity

              +

              Event Severity

              Event

              +

              Event

              Event Source Category

              Select the event source category: cluster, snapshot,.

              +

              Select the event source category: cluster or snapshot.

              VPC selected during cluster creation.

              A VPC is a secure, isolated, and logical network environment.

              -

              After a data warehouse cluster is created, its VPC cannot be changed. However, you can edit and modify the current VPC. You can click the VPC name to go to the VPC details page to configure it. For details about VPC operations, see "VPC and Subnet" in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

              +

              After a data warehouse cluster is created, its VPC cannot be changed. However, you can edit and modify the current VPC. You can click the VPC name to go to the VPC details page to configure it. For details about VPC operations, see "VPC and Subnet" in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

              Subnet

              @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

              Security group selected during cluster creation.

              After a GaussDB(DWS) cluster is created, you can change the security group. You can also add, delete, or modify security group rules in the current security group. Changing the security group of a cluster may cause brief service disruption. Exercise caution when performing this operation. For better network performance, do not select more than five security groups.

              -
              • To change the security group, click Modify on the right of the security group name, select the security group name to be changed, and click OK.
              • Modifying an existing security group rule: Click the security group name to go to the security group details page. For details about security group operations, see "Security" > "Security Group" in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
              +
              • To change the security group, click Modify on the right of the security group name, select the security group name to be changed, and click OK.
              • Modifying an existing security group rule: Click the security group name to go to the security group details page. For details about security group operations, see "Security" > "Security Group" in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

              Querying Schemas in a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster

              +

              "dws:monitor:listClusterOverview"

              +

              "dws:*:get*",

              +

              "dws:*:list*"

              +
              • Not supported
                • Enterprise Project
                +
              • Scope:
                • Project
                +
              +

              Querying Historical Monitoring Data

              +

              "dws:monitor:getHistoryMetrics"

              +

              "dws:*:get*",

              +

              "dws:*:list*"

              +
              • Not supported
                • Enterprise Project
                +
              • Scope:
                • Project
                +
              +

              Column Display Configuration in the Query List

              +

              "dws:cluster:listQueryForDMS"

              +

              "dws:*:get*",

              +

              "dws:*:list*"

              +
              • Not supported
                • Enterprise Project
                +
              • Scope:
                • Project
                +
              +

              Adding or Modifying a Column in the List

              +

              "dws:cluster:listQueryForDMS"

              +

              "dws:*:get*",

              +

              "dws:*:list*"

              +
              • Not supported
                • Enterprise Project
                +
              • Scope:
                • Project
                +
              +
              @@ -1775,7 +1823,7 @@

              Authentication Logic

              If a user is granted permissions of multiple policies or of only one policy containing both Allow and Deny statements, then authentication starts from the Deny statements. The following figure shows the authentication logic for resource access.

              -
              Figure 2 Authentication logic
              +
              Figure 2 Authentication logic

              The actions in each policy bear the OR relationship.

              1. A user accesses the system and makes an operation request.
              2. The system evaluates all the permissions policies assigned to the user.
              3. In these policies, the system looks for explicit deny permissions. If the system finds an explicit deny that applies, it returns a decision of Deny, and the authentication ends.
              4. If no explicit deny is found, the system looks for allow permissions that would apply to the request. If the system finds an explicit allow permission that applies, it returns a decision of Allow, and the authentication ends.
              5. If no explicit allow permission is found, IAM returns a decision of Deny, and the authentication ends.
              diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0152.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0152.html index 22e48c6d0..d3a230f9b 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0152.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0152.html @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

            • By default, only the change history within a specified period is displayed. To check the entire change history of a parameter, search for it in the search box in the upper right corner.
              • -

              Exporting the Parameter List

              1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
              2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
              3. In the cluster list, find the target cluster and click the cluster name. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
              4. Click Parameters and click Export. You can export cluster configuration parameters.

                Figure 1 Exporting parameter settings
                +

                Exporting the Parameter List

                1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters in the navigation pane.
                3. In the cluster list, find the target cluster and click the cluster name. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
                4. Click Parameters and click Export. You can export cluster configuration parameters.

                  Figure 1 Exporting parameter settings

                @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

                Cluster Memory Configuration Parameters

                - @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@

                Cluster Disk Configuration Parameters

                Table 2 Cluster memory configuration parameters

                Parameter

                Description

                +

                Description

                Value Range

                - @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@

                Cluster Network Configuration Parameters

                Table 3 Cluster disk configuration parameters

                Parameter

                Description

                +

                Description

                Value Range

                - @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@

                SQL Tuning Parameters

                Table 4 Cluster network configuration parameters

                Parameter

                Description

                +

                Description

                Value Range

                - @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

                SQL Compatibility Parameters

                Table 5 SQL tuning parameters

                Parameter

                Description

                +

                Description

                Value Range

                - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0171.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0171.html index e88c5c92e..af27b5d61 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0171.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0171.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

                Using the Third-Party Database Adapter PyGreSQL (in Python) for GaussDB(DWS) Cluster Connection

                After creating a GaussDB(DWS) cluster and using the third-party database adapter PyGreSQL to connect to the cluster, you can use Python to access GaussDB(DWS) and perform various operations on data tables.

                -

                Preparations Before Connecting to a Cluster

                • An EIP has been bound to the GaussDB(DWS) cluster.
                • You have obtained the administrator username and password for logging in to the database in the GaussDB(DWS) cluster.
                  MD5 algorithms may by vulnerable to collision attacks and cannot be used for password verification. Currently, GaussDB(DWS) uses the default security design. By default, MD5 password verification is disabled, and this may cause failures of connections from open source clients. You are advised to contact the technical support to check whether the value of password_encryption_type is 1. If the value is not 1, change it by referring to Modifying GUC Parameters of the GaussDB(DWS) Cluster. Then change the password of the database user to be used.
                  • For security purposes, GaussDB(DWS) no longer uses MD5 to store password digests by default. As a result, the open-source drives and clients may fail to connect to the database. To use the MD5 algorithm used in an open-source protocol, you must modify your password policy and create a new user, or change the password of an existing user.
                  • The database stores the hash digest of passwords instead of password text. During password verification, the system compares the hash digest with the password digest sent from the client (salt operations are involved). If you change your cryptographic algorithm policy, the database cannot generate a new hash digest for your existing password. For connectivity purposes, you must manually change your password or create a new user. The new password will be encrypted using the hash algorithm and stored for authentication in the next connection.
                  +

                  Preparations Before Connecting to a Cluster

                  • An EIP has been bound to the GaussDB(DWS) cluster.
                  • You have obtained the administrator username and password for logging in to the database in the GaussDB(DWS) cluster.
                    MD5 algorithms may by vulnerable to collision attacks and cannot be used for password verification. Currently, GaussDB(DWS) uses the default security design. By default, MD5 password verification is disabled, and this may cause failures of connections from open source clients. You are advised to contact the technical support to check whether the value of password_encryption_type is 1. If the value is not 1, change it. Then change the password of the database user to be used.
                    • For security purposes, GaussDB(DWS) no longer uses MD5 to store password digests by default. As a result, the open-source drives and clients may fail to connect to the database. To use the MD5 algorithm used in an open-source protocol, you must modify your password policy and create a new user, or change the password of an existing user.
                    • The database stores the hash digest of passwords instead of password text. During password verification, the system compares the hash digest with the password digest sent from the client (salt operations are involved). If you change your cryptographic algorithm policy, the database cannot generate a new hash digest for your existing password. For connectivity purposes, you must manually change your password or create a new user. The new password will be encrypted using the hash algorithm and stored for authentication in the next connection.
                  • You have obtained the public network address, including the IP address and port number in the data warehouse cluster. For details, see Obtaining the Connection Address of a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster.
                  • You have installed the third-party function library PyGreSQL.

                    Download address: http://www.pygresql.org/download/index.html

                    @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ conn.close()
                Table 6 SQL compatibility parameters

                Parameter

                Description

                +

                Description

                Value Range
                -

              5. Change the public network address, cluster port number, database name, database username, and database password in the python_dws.py file based on the actual cluster information.

                The PyGreSQL API does not provide the connection retry capability. You need to implement the retry processing in the service code.

                +

              6. Change the public network address, cluster port number, database name, database username, and database password in the python_dws.py file based on the actual cluster information.

                The PyGreSQL API does not provide the connection retry capability. You need to implement the retry processing in the service code.

                1
 2
 3
diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_01752.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_01752.html
index 08e9a612a..8b399f14e 100644
--- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_01752.html
+++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_01752.html
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@

                Dirty Page Rate

                Context

                DML operations on tables may generate dirty data, which unnecessarily occupies cluster storage. To handle large tables and those with a high dirty page rate, you can query the dirty page rate of a table and take into account its size and dirty page rate.

                -

                Procedure

                +

                Procedure

                1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                2. Choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters and locate the cluster to be monitored.
                3. In the Operation column of the target cluster, click Monitoring Panel.
                4. In the navigation tree on the left, choose Utilities > Table Diagnosis and click the Dirty Page Rate tab. The tables that meet the statistics collection conditions in the cluster are displayed.

                DDL Audit

                Viewing and Exporting DDL Audit Results

                diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_07234.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_07234.html index cc75030c2..cacfcc8fe 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_07234.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_07234.html @@ -29,70 +29,62 @@

              7. Modify the resource configuration.

                1. Click Edit on the right and modify the parameters according to Table 1. -
                  Table 1 Resource pool parameters

                  Parameter

                  +
                  - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0822.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0822.html index a59e65525..5629f495c 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0822.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_0822.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

                  Binding and Unbinding ELBs for a GaussDB(DWS) Cluster

                  Overview

                  If the private IP address or EIP of a CN is used to connect to a cluster, the failure of this CN will lead to cluster connection failure. If a private domain name is used for connection, the DNS service randomly selects a private IP address or EIP for each client. This cannot balance loads or avoid single-CN failures. ELB is used to solve these problems.

                  -

                  An ELB distributes access traffic to multiple ECSs for traffic control based on forwarding policies. It improves the fault tolerance capability of application programs. For details, see the Elastic Load Balance User Guide.

                  +

                  An ELB distributes access traffic to multiple ECSs for traffic control based on forwarding policies. It improves the fault tolerance capability of application programs. For details, see the Elastic Load Balance User Guide.

                  With ELB health checks, CN requests of a cluster can be quickly forwarded to normal CNs. If a CN is faulty, the workload can be immediately shifted to a healthy node, minimizing cluster access faults.

                  • This feature is supported only in cluster version 8.1.1.200 or later.
                  • To ensure load balancing and high availability and prevent service interruption, ensure created clusters are to an ELB.
                  • ELB does not support cross-database access.
                  diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1162.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1162.html index be4b72455..128c05372 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1162.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1162.html @@ -1,92 +1,94 @@

                  Managing O&M Plans

                  -

                  Setting the Common Configurations of O&M Tasks

                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Click the name of the target cluster.
                  3. In the navigation pane, choose Intelligent O&M.
                  4. In the Common O&M Task Configuration area, configure Maximum number of concurrent O&M tasks in the VacuumFull user table.

                    • This configuration takes effect for the VACUUM FULL O&M tasks of all user tables.
                    • The concurrency value range is 1 to 24. Configure it based on the remaining disk space and I/O load. You are advised to set it to 5.
                    -
                    -

                  +

                  Prerequisites

                  • Avoid setting the time window for automatic Vacuum O&M tasks during peak hours to prevent conflicts with user services.
                  • For user tables, the maximum concurrency for Vacuum Full O&M tasks is 24, and the minimum is 0. For system tables, the maximum concurrency is 1, and the minimum is 0. The concurrency value adjusts automatically based on io_util.
                    • Two intervals for 0% to 60%
                      • 0% to 30%: The concurrency value increases by 2 each time the value of io_util decreases by 15%.
                      • 30% to 60%: The concurrency value is incremented by 1 each time the value of io_util decreases by 15%.
                      +
                    • 60% to 70%: The concurrency value remains unchanged.
                    • Above 70%: The concurrency value decreases by 1 until it reaches 0.
                    +
                  • The scheduler scans the expansion of column-store compression units (CUs) within the time window. If the average number of CU records in a column-store table is less than 1000, the scheduler scans the table first. The scanning of column-store CUs is not limited by table bloat or table reclaimable space.
                  • A maximum of 100 tables can be added to the priority list.
                  • The scheduler autovacuum function depends on the statistics. If the statistics are inaccurate, the execution sequence and results may be affected.
                  • The scheduler does not support names containing spaces or single quotation marks, including database names, schema names, and table names. Otherwise, the tables will be skipped. Tables with spaces or single quotes in the priority list are skipped automatically.
                  +
                  +

                  Setting the Common Configurations of O&M Tasks

                  Precautions

                  +
                  • The configuration applies to the VacuumFull O&M task for each user table. Running tasks are unaffected. The new periodic task settings take effect on the next run.
                  +

                  Procedure

                  +
                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Click the name of the target cluster.
                  3. In the navigation pane, choose Intelligent O&M.
                  4. In the Common O&M Task Configurations area on the upper part of the page, modify the following common configuration items:

                    • Maximum number of concurrent O&M tasks in the VacuumFull user table: applies to VacuumFull O&M tasks for each user table. You are advised to set this parameter based on the available disk space and I/O load within a specific time window. The value range is 1 to 24. Configure it based on the remaining disk space and I/O load. You are advised to set it to 5. Running tasks are not affected. For periodic tasks, the new limit for concurrent tasks applies the next time the O&M task runs.
                    • Small CU threshold: helps identify small CU tables. A table is classified as small if its CU value is lower than the threshold. When the CU value is at or below the threshold, it triggers Vacuum. A higher threshold value increases the trigger sensitivity. The recommended default value for this parameter is 1000.
                    • Small CU ratio: indicates the ratio of small CU tables to all CU tables. When the ratio is at or above the parameter value, Vacuum is triggered. A lower value increases the trigger sensitivity. The recommended default value for this parameter is 50%.
                    +

                  5. Confirm the settings and click Save.

                  Adding an O&M Plan

                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Click the name of the target cluster.
                  3. In the navigation pane, choose Intelligent O&M.
                  4. In the O&M Plan area, click Add O&M Task.
                  5. In the displayed Add O&M Task dialog box, configure basic information about the O&M task.

                    -

                  Table 1 Resource pool parameters

                  Parameter

                  Description

                  +

                  Description

                  Default Value

                  +

                  Default Value

                  Name

                  +

                  Name

                  Resource pool name.

                  +

                  Resource pool name

                  -

                  +

                  -

                  CPU Share

                  +

                  CPU Resource (%)

                  Percentage of CPU time that can be used by users associated with the current resource pool to execute jobs. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 99.

                  -
                  NOTE:
                  • The sum of the parameter values of all the resource pools cannot exceed 99%. If there is only one resource pool, the CPU share parameter does not take effect.
                  • The CPU share parameter takes effect only when CPU contention occurs. For example, resource pools A and B are bound to CPU 1. If A and B are both running, the parameter takes effect. If there is only A running, the parameter does not take effect.
                  +
                  • CPU share: Percentage of CPU time that can be used by users associated with the current resource pool to execute jobs. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 99.
                  • CPU limit: Maximum percentage of CPU cores used by a database user in a resource pool. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 100. 0 indicates no limit.
                  +
                  NOTE:
                  • The sum of the parameter values of all the resource pools cannot exceed 99%. If there is only one resource pool, the CPU share parameter does not take effect.
                  • The CPU share parameter takes effect only when CPU contention occurs. For example, resource pools A and B are bound to CPU 1. If A and B are both running, the parameter takes effect. If there is only A running, the parameter does not take effect.
                  • The sum of the CPU limits of all the resource pools cannot exceed 100%. The default value is 0.
                  • The CPU limit is supported only by clusters of version 8.1.3 or later.
                  • You are not advised to allocate multiple dedicated resource pools when the number of CPU cores is small. The minimum value of the dedicated CPU quota is 1. If the number of CPU cores is small and the resource pool created earlier has used up the remaining CPU cores, the resource pool created later will share the CPU cores of the previous resource pool. As a result, the CPU ratio may be inconsistent with the actual CPU ratio.

                    Assume that the cluster has two CPU cores and three resource pools are set up with CPU allocation ratios of 15%, 25%, and 60%. The first core is assigned 1 unit (minimum value), the second core is also assigned 1 unit, and the third core is assigned 1 unit as well, with no additional CPU cores available, sharing the previous CPU.

                    +

                  -

                  +

                  -

                  CPU Limit

                  +

                  Memory Resource (%)

                  Maximum percentage of CPU cores used by a database user in a resource pool. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 100. 0 indicates no limit.

                  -
                  NOTE:
                  • The sum of the CPU limits of all the resource pools cannot exceed 100%. The default value is 0.
                  • Only clusters of 8.1.3 and later versions support the dedicated CPU limit.
                  +

                  Percentage of the memory that can be used by a resource pool.

                  +

                  You can manage memory and query concurrency separately or jointly. Under joint management, jobs can be delivered only when both the memory and concurrency conditions are met.

                  +

                  0 (not limited)

                  +

                  Storage Resource (MB)

                  +

                  Size of the available space for permanent tables.

                  +

                  This parameter indicates the total tablespace of all DNs in a resource pool. Available space of a single DN = Configured value/Number of DNs.

                  +

                  -1 (not limited)

                  +

                  Complex Statement Concurrency

                  +

                  Maximum number of concurrent queries in a resource pool.

                  +

                  You can manage memory and query concurrency separately or jointly. Under joint management, jobs can be delivered only when both the memory and concurrency conditions are met.

                  +

                  10

                  +

                  Network Bandwidth Weight

                  +

                  Weight for network scheduling. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 2147483647. The default value is -1.

                  +
                  CAUTION:

                  Only clusters of 8.2.1 and later versions support the network bandwidth weight feature. Unfortunately, clusters do not support this.

                  -

                  -

                  Memory Resource (%)

                  -

                  Percentage of the memory that can be used by a resource pool.

                  -

                  You can manage memory and query concurrency separately or jointly. Under joint management, jobs can be delivered only when both the memory and concurrency conditions are met.

                  -

                  0 (not limited)

                  -

                  Storage Resource (MB)

                  -

                  Size of the permanent tablespace that can be used.

                  -

                  This parameter indicates the total tablespace of all DNs in a resource pool. Available space of a single DN = Configured value/Number of DNs.

                  -

                  -1 (not limited)

                  -

                  Complex Statement Concurrency

                  -

                  Maximum number of concurrent queries in a resource pool.

                  -

                  You can manage memory and query concurrency separately or jointly. Under joint management, jobs can be delivered only when both the memory and concurrency conditions are met.

                  -

                  10

                  -

                  Network Bandwidth Weight

                  -

                  Weight for network scheduling. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 2147483647. The default value is -1.

                  -
                  CAUTION:

                  Only clusters of 8.2.1 and later versions support the network bandwidth weight feature. Unfortunately, clusters do not support this.

                  -
                  -

                  -1 (not limited)

                  +

                  -1 (not limited)
                  - @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ - @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ - @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
                  NOTE:

                  This rule is supported only by clusters of version 8.2.0 or later.

                  - @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
                  NOTE:

                  This rule is supported only by clusters of version 8.2.1 or later.

                  - diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_72363.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_72363.html index 9ae6d67c0..c581305df 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_72363.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_72363.html @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Choose Clusters. Click the name of a cluster.
                  3. Go to the Basic Information page and click the Resource Management tab in the navigation pane on the left.
                  4. Click Resource Management Plans and click the switch button in the plan overview area, and select the target stage.

                  -

                  Importing/Exporting Resource Management Plan Stages

                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Choose Clusters. Click the name of a cluster.
                  3. Go to the Basic Information page and click the Resource Management tab in the navigation pane on the left.
                  4. Switch to the Resource Management Plans tab page. In the plan stages area, click Import/Export to import or export a resource management plan stage.

                    • Configurations cannot be imported to a running resource management plan.
                    • Ensure there is a resource pool before import.
                    +

                    Importing/Exporting Resource Management Plan Stages

                    1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                    2. Choose Clusters. Click the name of a cluster.
                    3. Go to the Basic Information page and click the Resource Management tab in the navigation pane on the left.
                    4. Switch to the Resource Management Plans tab page. In the plan stages area, click Import/Export to import or export a resource management plan stage.

                      • Configurations cannot be imported to a running resource management plan.
                      • Ensure there is a resource pool before import.

                    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_7242.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_7242.html index 0309d70ef..406f9ae36 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_7242.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_7242.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                    • The first manually added logical cluster cannot be deleted.
                    • Nodes of the deleted logical cluster are added to the elastic cluster.

                    Procedure

                    -
                    1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console. In the navigation pane, choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters.
                    2. In the cluster list, click the name of the target cluster. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
                    3. In the navigation pane on the left, switch to the Logical Clusters page, locate the row that contains the logical cluster to be deleted, and click Delete in the Operation column.

                      If a read-only logical cluster is manually deleted, the status of the one-off deletion plan changes to the completed state. For a read-only logical cluster that is bound to a periodic addition or deletion plan, the next execution time in the deletion column of the plan is automatically updated to the next period or the end of the period after the plan is manually deleted.

                      +
                      1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console. In the navigation pane, choose Dedicated Clusters > Clusters.
                      2. In the cluster list, click the name of the target cluster. The Cluster Information page is displayed.
                      3. In the navigation pane on the left, switch to the Logical Clusters page, locate the row that contains the logical cluster to be deleted, and click Delete in the Operation column.

                        If a read-only logical cluster is manually deleted, the status of the one-off deletion plan changes to the completed state. For a read-only logical cluster that is bound to a periodic addition or deletion plan, the next execution time in the deletion column of the plan is automatically updated to the next period or the end of the period after the plan is manually deleted.

                      4. Confirm that all information is correct and click OK.
                      diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_index.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_index.html index 207173581..92f5f95eb 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_index.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_index.html @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
                      • What Is GaussDB(DWS)?
                        • +
                      • Data Warehouse Flavors
                        +
                      • Advantages
                      • Application Scenarios
                        diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0009.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0009.html index 40f968ebd..edf2a5331 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0009.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0009.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                        Should I Choose Public Cloud GaussDB(DWS) or RDS?

                        -

                        Both allow you to run traditional relational databases on the cloud and offload database management tasks. RDS databases are useful for OLTP, reporting, and analysis, but are less capable of handling read operations of a large amount of data (complex read-only queries). GaussDB(DWS) significantly reduces OLAP analysis and reporting workloads on large datasets by up to 10 times through its scalable architecture and optimized algorithms, including column storage, vectorized executors, and distributed frameworks.

                        +

                        Both allow you to run traditional relational databases on the cloud and offload database management tasks. RDS databases are useful for OLTP, reporting, and analysis, but are less capable of handling read operations of a large amount of data (complex read-only queries). GaussDB(DWS) uses multiple nodes and optimization methods like column-based storage, vectorized executors, and distributed frameworks to handle OLAP tasks. This reduces the analysis and reporting workload for large data sets by a significant amount compared to traditional databases.

                        You can scale out a GaussDB(DWS) cluster to address complex data and queries, or to handle overwhelming analysis and report workloads that affect OLTP performance.

                        The following table compares OLTP with OLAP.

                        diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0022.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0022.html index 5b6ae727d..356fefcac 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0022.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0022.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                        Service data of GaussDB(DWS) users is stored in the ECSs in the cluster. Neither users nor public cloud O&M administrators can log in to these ECSs.

                        ECSs have their operating systems hardened through various measures such as kernel hardening, patch updates, access controls, port management, and protocol and port attack defense.

                        GaussDB(DWS) provides comprehensive security measures, such as password policies, authentication, session management, user permissions management, and database auditing.

                        -

                        Snapshot Data Security

                        GaussDB(DWS) stores its backup data in OBS as snapshots. OBS supports access permission control, key access, and data encryption features. GaussDB(DWS) snapshots can be used for data backup and restoration only and cannot be accessed by any user. The GaussDB (DWS) system administrator can view the OBS storage space occupied by snapshots on the GaussDB(DWS) console and through and public cloud bills.

                        +

                        Snapshot Data Security

                        GaussDB(DWS) stores its backup data in OBS as snapshots. OBS supports access permission control, key access, and data encryption features. GaussDB(DWS) snapshots can be used for data backup and restoration only and cannot be accessed by any user. The GaussDB(DWS) system administrator can view the OBS storage space occupied by snapshots on the GaussDB(DWS) console and through public cloud bills.

                        Network Access Security

                        The L2 and L3 networks of GaussDB(DWS) can be fully isolated to meet the security requirements of government and financial customers.

                        • GaussDB(DWS) is deployed in a dedicated ECS environment, which is not shared with any other tenant. This eliminates the possibility of data leakage caused by computing resource sharing.
                        • ECSs in a GaussDB(DWS) cluster are isolated through VPCs, preventing the ECSs from being discovered and accessed by other tenants.
                        • The network is divided into the service plane and management plane. The two planes are physically isolated, ensuring network security.
                        • The tenants can flexibly customize the security group and access rules.
                        diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0035.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0035.html index 5671400ae..a6e55e90b 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0035.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0035.html @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
                      • Which Factors Affect Single-Table Query Performance in GaussDB(DWS)?
                        • +
                      • How Do I Optimize a SQL Query with Many CASE WHEN Conditions?
                        +
                      diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0196.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0196.html index 068ec9ec8..edb5b1a12 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0196.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_0196.html @@ -2,7 +2,9 @@

                      How Do I Grant the Permissions of a Schema to a Specified GaussDB(DWS) User?

                      This section explains how to give query permission for schema-level permissions. If you need other permissions, see "How Do I Grant Table Permissions to a User?" in FAQ.

                      -
                      • Permission for a table in a schema
                      • Permission for all the tables in a schema
                      • Permission for tables to be created in the schema
                      +
                      • Permission for a table in a schema
                      • Permission for all the tables in a schema
                      • Permission for tables to be created in the schema

                        The VACUUM, DROP, and ALTER permissions on foreign tables cannot be granted to users.

                        +
                        +

                      Assume that there are users jim and mike, and two schemas named after them. User mike needs to access tables in schema jim, as shown in Figure 1.

                      Figure 1 User mike accesses a table in SCHEMA jim.

                      @@ -44,7 +46,7 @@
                  Table 1 Basic configuration items of an O&M task

                  Configuration Item

                  +
                  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                  Table 1 Basic configuration items of an O&M task

                  Configuration Item

                  Description

                  +

                  Description

                  Example

                  +

                  Example

                  O&M Task

                  +

                  O&M Task

                  Vacuum (Currently, only Vacuum O&M tasks are supported.)

                  +

                  Vacuum (Currently, only Vacuum O&M tasks are supported.)

                  Vacuum

                  +

                  Vacuum

                  Description

                  +

                  Description

                  Brief description of the intelligent O&M task.

                  +

                  Brief description of the intelligent O&M task.

                  This intelligent O&M task helps users periodically invoke Vacuum commands to reclaim space.

                  +

                  This intelligent O&M task helps users periodically invoke Vacuum commands to reclaim space.

                  Remarks

                  +

                  Remarks

                  Supplementary information.

                  +

                  Supplementary information.

                  -

                  +

                  -

                  Scheduling Mode

                  +

                  Scheduling Mode

                  The supports the following scheduling modes:

                  +

                  The supports the following scheduling modes:

                  • Auto: Intelligent O&M scans the database in a specified time window, and automatically delivers table-level vacuum tasks by service load and reclaimable space of user tables.
                  • Specify: You need to specify a vacuum target. Intelligent O&M will automatically deliver a table-level vacuum task in a specified time window.
                  • Priority: You can specify the preferential vacuum targets. During the remaining time window (if any), Intelligent O&M will automatically scan other tables that can be vacuumed and deliver table-level vacuum tasks.
                  NOTE:

                  You are advised to select Specify for VACUUM and VACUUM FULL operations. Do not perform VACUUM FULL on wide column-store tables. Otherwise, memory bloat may occur.

                  Specify

                  +

                  Specify

                  Autovacuum

                  +

                  Autovacuum

                  Supported: system catalog Vacuum or user table VacuumFull.

                  +

                  Supported: system catalog Vacuum or user table VacuumFull.

                  • A system catalog VACUUM transaction holds a level-4 lock (share update exclusive lock), which does not affect user services. Only the transactions on the DDL process of the system catalog are blocked.
                  • A user table VACUUM FULL transaction holds a level-8 lock (access exclusive lock). All the other transactions on the table are blocked until VACUUM FULL is complete. To avoid affecting services, you are advised to perform VACUUM FULL during off-peak hours.
                    CAUTION:

                    During VACUUM FULL, the space usage will first increase and then decrease, because this operation requires the same space as the table to be vacuumed. The actual table size is calculated as the total table size multiplied by (1 - dirty page rate). Ensure you have sufficient space before doing VACUUM FULL.

                  User table (VACUUM FULL)

                  +

                  User table (VACUUM FULL)

                  Vacuum First

                  +

                  Vacuum First

                  You can configure the preferred Vacuum target. Each row corresponds to a table. Each table is represented by the database name, schema name, and table name, which are separated by spaces.

                  +

                  You can configure the preferred Vacuum target. Each row corresponds to a table. Each table is represented by the database name, schema name, and table name, which are separated by spaces.

                  -

                  +

                  -

                  Advanced settings

                  +

                  Advanced settings

                  If you select Custom, you can configure the autovacuum triggers, including the table bloat and table reclaimable space. If you select Default, the default configuration is used.

                  +

                  If you select Custom, you can configure the autovacuum triggers, including the table bloat and table reclaimable space. If you select Default, the default configuration is used.

                  NOTE:

                  VACUUM bloat rate: After frequent UPDATE and DELETE operations are performed in a database, the deleted or updated rows are logically deleted from the database, but actually still exist in tables. Before VACUUM is complete, such data is still stored in disks, causing table bloat. If the bloat rate reaches the percentage threshold set in an O&M task, VACUUM will be automatically triggered.

                  Default configuration (table bloat rate 80% or reclaimable space 100 GB.)

                  +

                  Default configuration (table bloat rate 80% or reclaimable space 100 GB.)

                2. Click Next > Schedule to configure scheduling for O&M tasks.

                  Select an O&M type.

                  -
                  • One-off: Set the start time and end time of the task.
                  • Periodic: Select a time window type, which includes Daily, Weekly, and Monthly, and select a time segment. Intelligent O&M will automatically analyze the time window and deliver O&M tasks accordingly.
                    • Do not choose peak hours when configuring the time window for autovacuum O&M tasks. Otherwise, automatic Vacuum may cause a deadlock on user services.
                    • The number of concurrent O&M tasks (vacuum/vacuum full) ranges from 0 to 24 for user tables, and from 0 to 1 for system catalogs. The concurrency value cannot be customized, but can be automatically adjusted based on system io_util.
                      • Two intervals for 0% to 60%
                        • 0% to 30%: The concurrency value increases by 2 each time the value of io_util decreases by 15%.
                        • 30% to 60%: The concurrency value is incremented by 1 each time the value of io_util decreases by 15%.
                        -
                      • 60% to 70%: The concurrency value remains unchanged.
                      • Above 70%: The concurrency value decreases by 1 until it reaches 0.
                      -
                    • The scheduler scans the expansion of column-store compression units (CUs) within the time window. If the average number of CU records in a column-store table is less than 1000, the scheduler scans the table first. The scanning of column-store CUs is not limited by table bloat or table reclaimable space.
                    • A maximum of 100 tables can be added to the priority list.
                    • The scheduler autovacuum function depends on the statistics. If the statistics are inaccurate, the execution sequence and results may be affected.
                    • The scheduler does not support names containing spaces or single quotation marks, including database names, schema names, and table names. Otherwise, the tables will be skipped. Priority tables whose name contains spaces or single quotation marks will also be skipped automatically.
                    -
                    -
                  +
                  • One-off: Set the start time and end time of the task.
                  • Periodic: Select a time window type, which includes Daily, Weekly, and Monthly, and select a time segment. Intelligent O&M will automatically analyze the time window and deliver O&M tasks accordingly.

                3. Click Next: Finish. After you confirm the information, click Finish to submit the request.

                  4. Modifying an O&M Plan

                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Click the name of the target cluster.
                  3. In the navigation pane, choose Intelligent O&M.
                  4. In the O&M Plan area, click Modify in the Operation column of the target task.

                    -

                  5. The Modify O&M Task panel is displayed. The configurations are similar to adding an O&M task (see Adding an O&M Plan).
                  6. Confirm the modification and click OK.
                  +

                4. The Modify O&M Task page is displayed. The parameters for modifying an O&M task are identical to those for adding one. For details, see Adding an O&M Plan. The modification takes effect upon the next running.
                5. Confirm the modification and click OK.

                  6. Viewing O&M Task Details

                  1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) console.
                  2. Click the name of the target cluster.
                  3. In the navigation pane, choose Intelligent O&M.
                  4. In the O&M Plan area, click Details in the Operation column of the target task.

                    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1331.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1331.html index 36f4dd47c..4315b49f8 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1331.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1331.html @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

                    Disks

                    On the Disks tab page, view the real-time disk resource consumption of a node by node name and disk name, including:

                    • Node Name
                    • Disk Name
                    • Disk Type
                      • System disk
                      • Data disk
                      • Log disk
                    • Disk Capacity (GB)
                    • Disk Usage (%)
                    • Disk Read Rate (KB/s)
                    • Disk Write Rate (KB/s)
                    • I/O Wait Time (await, ms)
                    • I/O Service Time (svctm, ms)
                    • IOPS
                    • Monitoring: You can click in the Monitoring column to view the disk performance metric topology of the node in the last 1 hour, 3 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 7 days, or 15 days.
                    -

                    +

                    The sum of the used disk space and available disk space is not equal to the total disk space. This is because a small amount of space is reserved in each default partition for system administrators to use. Even if common users have run out of space, system administrators can log in to the system and use their space required for solving problems.

                    Run the Linux df command to collect the disk capacity information, as shown in the following figure.

                    diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1512.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1512.html index 5aa65385e..6705f6f6b 100644 --- a/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1512.html +++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_01_1512.html @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

                  Time that has been spent in executing the job, in seconds.

                  For example, if Time required for execution is set to 100s, a job executed by a user in the resource pool will be terminated after being executed for more than 100 seconds.

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  +

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  Terminated, Downgraded, or Not limited

                  Total CPU time spent in executing a job on all DNs, in seconds.

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  +

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  Terminated, Downgraded, or Not limited

                  Interval for checking the CPU skew, in seconds. This parameter must be set together with Total CPU Time on All DNs.

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  +

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  Terminated, Downgraded, or Not limited

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  +

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  Terminated, Downgraded, or Not limited

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  +

                  An integer in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. The value 0 indicates no limit.

                  Terminated, Downgraded, or Not limited

                  -

                6. In the session started by user dbadmin, grant user mike the permission to query the tables to be created in schema jim. Create table jim.hobby.

                  1
+
                7. In the session started by user dbadmin, grant user mike the permission to query the tables to be created in schema jim. Create table jim.hobby.
                  1
 2
                  ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES FOR ROLE jim IN SCHEMA jim GRANT SELECT ON TABLES TO mike;
 CREATE TABLE jim.hobby (c1 int, c2 int);
 
                  
diff --git a/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_2116.html b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_2116.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37332af8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dws/umn/dws_03_2116.html
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+
+
+
                  How Do I Optimize a SQL Query with Many CASE WHEN Conditions?
                  
+
                  In service queries, the CASE WHEN statement checks conditions. Too many unnecessary CASE WHEN statements in an SQL query can affect performance.
                  
+
                  1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
                  SELECT 
+  SUM(CASE WHEN a > 1 THEN 1 ELSE 0 END) AS a1,
+  SUM(CASE WHEN a > 2 THEN 1 ELSE 0 END) AS a2,
+  ...
+FROM test
+WHERE dt = '20241225';
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  In this example, the CASE WHEN statement must run for each branch, which increases the query time and affects performance.
                  
+
                  GaussDB(DWS) offers these optimization policies to address this issue:
                  
+
                  Using a Temporary Result Set or Subquery
                  Extract the complex CASE WHEN calculations into a temporary result set or subquery. This avoids repeating the same logic in the main query.
                  
+
                  Create a subquery to calculate the intermediate result.
                  
+
                   1
+ 2
+ 3
+ 4
+ 5
+ 6
+ 7
+ 8
+ 9
+10
+11
+12
+13
+14
+15
+16
+17
+18
+19
+20
+21
+22
+23
+24
                  SELECT
+  sub.a1,
+  sub.a2
+FROM (
+  SELECT
+    sum(case when a > 1 then 1 else 0 end) AS a1,
+    sum(case when a > 2 then 1 else 0 end) AS a2
+  FROM test
+  WHERE dt = '20241225'
+) sub;
+
+
+SELECT 
+    SUM(case_when_a1) as a1, 
+    SUM(case_when_a2) as a2, 
+    ... 
+FROM ( 
+    SELECT  
+        CASE WHEN a > 1 THEN 1 ELSE 0 END AS case_when_a1, 
+        CASE WHEN a > 2 THEN 1 ELSE 0 END AS case_when_a2, 
+        ...
+    FROM test 
+    WHERE dt = '20241225' 
+) AS subquery; 
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  Using a User-Defined Function
                  Encapsulate the CASE WHEN logic in a function. Then, call the function in your query instead of rewriting the CASE WHEN logic multiple times.
                  
+
                  Create a simple function count_a_gt_value.
                  
+
                   1
+ 2
+ 3
+ 4
+ 5
+ 6
+ 7
+ 8
+ 9
+10
+11
+12
                  CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION count_a_gt_value(val INT)
+RETURNS INT AS $$
+DECLARE
+    result INT;
+BEGIN
+    SELECT sum(CASE WHEN a > val THEN 1 ELSE 0 END)
+      INTO result
+      FROM test
+      WHERE dt = '20241225';
+    RETURN result;
+END;
+$$ LANGUAGE plpgsql;
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  Use the user-defined function count_a_gt_value for query.
                  
+
                  1
+2
+3
+4
                  SELECT
+  count_a_gt_value(1) AS a1,
+  count_a_gt_value(2) AS a2
+FROM test;
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+
                  Parent topic: Database Performance
                  
+
                  
+
                  
+